]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
sd-event: fix sd_event_source_get_inotify_path()
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 256-rc1:
4
5 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
6
7 * Support for automatic flushing of the nscd user/group database caches
8 will be dropped in a future release.
9
10 * Support for cgroup v1 ('legacy' and 'hybrid' hierarchies) is now
11 considered obsolete and systemd by default will refuse to boot under
12 it. To forcibly reenable cgroup v1 support,
13 SYSTEMD_CGROUP_ENABLE_LEGACY_FORCE=1 must be set on kernel command
14 line. The meson option 'default-hierarchy=' is also deprecated, i.e.
15 only cgroup v2 ('unified' hierarchy) can be selected as build-time
16 default.
17
18 * Previously, systemd-networkd did not explicitly remove any bridge
19 VLAN IDs assigned on bridge master and ports. Since version 256, if a
20 .network file for an interface has at least one valid setting in the
21 [BridgeVLAN] section, then all assigned VLAN IDs on the interface
22 that are not configured in the .network file are removed.
23
24 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will stop generating units for ESP or
25 XBOOTLDR partitions if it finds mount entries for or below the /boot/
26 or /efi/ hierarchies in /etc/fstab. This is to prevent the generator
27 from interfering with systems where the ESP is explicitly configured
28 to be mounted at some path, for example /boot/efi/ (this type of
29 setup is obsolete but still commonly found).
30
31 * The behavior of systemd-sleep and systemd-homed has been updated to
32 freeze user sessions when entering the various sleep modes or when
33 locking a homed-managed home area. This is known to cause issues with
34 the proprietary NVIDIA drivers. Packagers of the NVIDIA proprietary
35 drivers may want to add drop-in configuration files that set
36 SYSTEMD_SLEEP_FREEZE_USER_SESSION=false for systemd-suspend.service
37 and related services, and SYSTEMD_HOME_LOCK_FREEZE_SESSION=false for
38 systemd-homed.service.
39
40 * systemd-tmpfiles and systemd-sysusers, when given a relative
41 configuration file path (with at least one directory separator '/'),
42 will open the file directly, instead of searching for the given
43 partial path in the standard locations. The old mode wasn't useful
44 because tmpfiles.d/ and sysusers.d/ configuration has a flat
45 structure with no subdirectories under the standard locations and
46 this change makes it easier to work with local files with those
47 tools.
48
49 * systemd-tmpfiles now properly applies nested configuration to 'R' and
50 'D' stanzas. For example, with the combination of 'R /foo' and 'x
51 /foo/bar', /foo/bar will now be excluded from removal.
52
53 General Changes and New Features:
54
55 * Various programs will now attempt to load the main configuration file
56 from locations below /usr/lib/, /usr/local/lib/, and /run/, not just
57 below /etc/. For example, systemd-logind will look for
58 /etc/systemd/logind.conf, /run/systemd/logind.conf,
59 /usr/local/lib/systemd/logind.conf, and /usr/lib/systemd/logind.conf,
60 and use the first file that is found. This means that the search
61 logic for the main config file and for drop-ins is now the same.
62
63 Similarly, kernel-install will look for the config files in
64 /usr/lib/kernel/ and the other search locations, and now also
65 supports drop-ins.
66
67 systemd-udevd now supports drop-ins for udev.conf.
68
69 * A new 'systemd-vpick' binary has been added. It implements the new
70 vpick protocol, where a "*.v/" directory may contain multiple files
71 which have versions (following the UAPI version format specification)
72 embedded in the file name. The files are ordered by version and
73 the newest one is selected.
74
75 systemd-nspawn --image=/--directory=, systemd-dissect, systemd-portabled,
76 and the RootDirectory=, RootImage=, ExtensionImages=, and
77 ExtensionDirectories= settings for units now support the vpick
78 protocol and allow the latest version to be selected automatically if
79 a "*.v/" directory is specified as the source.
80
81 * Encrypted service credentials may now be made accessible to
82 unprivileged users. systemd-creds gained new options --user/--uid=
83 for encrypting/decrypting a credential for a specific user.
84
85 * New command-line tool 'importctl' to download, import, and export
86 disk images via systemd-importd is added with the following verbs:
87 pull-tar, pull-raw, import-tar, import-raw, import-fs, export-tar,
88 export-raw, list-transfers, cancel-transfer. This functionality was
89 previously available in "machinectl", where it was exclusively for
90 machine image. The new "importctl" generalizes this for sysext,
91 confext, portable service images, too.
92
93 Service Management:
94
95 * New system manager setting ProtectSystem= has been added. It is
96 analogous to the unit setting, but applies to the whole system. It is
97 enabled by default in the initrd.
98
99 * New unit setting WantsMountsFor= has been added. It is analogous to
100 RequiresMountsFor=, but with a Wants= dependency instead of
101 Requires=. This new logic is used in various places where mounts were
102 added as dependencies for other settings (WorkingDirectory=-…,
103 PrivateTmp=yes, cryptsetup lines with 'nofail').
104
105 * New unit setting MemoryZSwapWriteback= can be used to control the new
106 memory.zswap.writeback cgroup knob added in kernel 6.8.
107
108 * The manager gained a org.freedesktop.systemd1.StartAuxiliaryScope()
109 D-Bus method to devolve some processes from a service into a new
110 scope. This new scope will remain even if the original service unit
111 is restarted. Control group properties of the new scope are copied
112 from the originating unit, so various limits are retained.
113
114 * Units now expose properties EffectiveMemoryMax=,
115 EffectiveMemoryHigh=, and EffectiveTasksMax=, which report the
116 most stringent limit systemd is aware of for the given unit.
117
118 * A new unit file specifier %D expands to $XDG_DATA_HOME (for user
119 services) or /usr/share/ (for system services).
120
121 * AllowedCPUs= now supports specifier expansion.
122
123 * What= setting in .mount and .swap units now accepts fstab-style
124 identifiers, for example UUID=… or LABEL=….
125
126 * RestrictNetworkInterfaces= now supports alternative network interface
127 names.
128
129 * PAMName= now implies SetLoginEnvironment=yes.
130
131 * systemd.firstboot=no can be used on the kernel command-line to
132 disable interactive queries, but allow other first boot configuration
133 to happen based on credentials.
134
135 * The system's hostname can be configured via the systemd.hostname
136 system credential.
137
138 * The systemd binary will no longer chainload sysvinit's "telinit"
139 binary when called under the init/telinit name on a system that
140 isn't booted with systemd. This previously has been supported to make
141 sure a distribution that has both init systems installed can be
142 reasonably switched from one to the other via a simple
143 reboot. Distributions apparently have lost interest in this, and the
144 functionality has not been supported on the primary distribution this
145 was still intended for for a longer time, and hence has been removed
146 now.
147
148 * A new concept called "capsules" has been introduced. "Capsules"
149 encapsulate additional per-user service managers, whose users are
150 transient and are only defined as long as the service manager
151 is running (implemented via DynamicUser=1). These service managers run
152 off home directories defined in /var/lib/capsules/<name>, where
153 <name> is a the capsule's name. These home directories can contain
154 regular per-user services and other units. A capsule is started via a
155 simple "systemctl start capsule@<name>.service". See the
156 capsule@.service(5) man page for further details. Various systemd
157 tools (including, and most importantly, systemctl and systemd-run)
158 have been updated to interact with capsules via the new
159 "--capsule="/"-C" switch.
160
161 * .socket units gained a new setting PassFileDescriptorsToExec=, taking
162 a boolean value. If set to true the file descriptors the socket unit
163 encapsulates are passed to the ExecStartPost=, ExecStopPre=,
164 ExecStopPost= using the usual $LISTEN_FDS interface. This may be used
165 for doing additional initializations on the sockets once they are
166 allocated (for example, install an additional eBPF program on them).
167
168 * The .socket setting MaxConnectionsPerSource= (which so far put a
169 limit on concurrent connections per IP in Accept=yes socket units),
170 now also has an effect on AF_UNIX sockets: it will put a limit on the
171 number of simultaneous connections from the same source UID (as
172 determined via SO_PEERCRED). This is useful for implementing IPC
173 services in a simple Accept=yes mode.
174
175 * The service manager will now maintain a counter of soft reboot cycles
176 the system went through so far. It may be queried via the D-Bus APIs.
177
178 * systemd's execution logic now supports the new pidfd_spawn() API
179 introduced by glibc 2.39, which allows us to invoke a subprocess in a
180 target cgroup and get a pidfd back in a single operation.
181
182 * systemd/PID 1 will now send an additional sd_notify() message to its
183 supervising VMM or container manager reporting the selected hostname
184 ("X_SYSTEMD_HOSTNAME=") and machine ID ("X_SYSTEMD_MACHINE_ID=") at
185 boot. Moreover, the service manager will send additional sd_notify()
186 messages ("X_SYSTEMD_UNIT_ACTIVE=") whenever a target unit is
187 reached. This can be used by VMMs/container managers to schedule
188 access to the system precisely. For example, the moment a system
189 reports "ssh-access.target" being reached a VMM/container manager
190 knows it can now connect to the system via SSH. Finally, a new
191 sd_notify() message ("X_SYSTEMD_SIGNALS_LEVEL=2") is sent the moment
192 PID 1 successfully completed installation of its various UNIX process
193 signal handlers (i.e. the moment where SIGRTMIN+4 sent to PID 1 will
194 start to have the effect of shutting down the system cleanly).
195
196 Journal:
197
198 * systemd-journald can now forward journal entries to a socket
199 (AF_INET, AF_INET6, AF_UNIX, or AF_VSOCK). The socket can be
200 specified in journald.conf via a new option ForwardAddress= or via
201 the 'journald.forward_address' credential. Log records are sent in
202 the Journal Export Format. A related setting MaxLevelSocket= has been
203 added to control the maximum log levels for the messages sent to this
204 socket.
205
206 * systemd-vmspawn gained a new --forward-journal= option to forward the
207 virtual machine's journal entries to the host. This is done over a
208 AF_VSOCK socket, i.e. it does not require networking in the guest.
209
210 * journalctl gained option '-i' as a shortcut for --file=.
211
212 * journalctl gained a new -T/--exclude-identifier= option to filter
213 out certain syslog identifiers.
214
215 * journalctl gained a new --list-namespaces option.
216
217 * systemd-journal-remote now also accepts AF_VSOCK and AF_UNIX sockets
218 (so it can be used to receive entries forwarded by systemd-journald).
219
220 * systemd-journal-gatewayd allows restricting the time range of
221 retrieved entries with a new "realtime=[<since>]:[<until>]" URL
222 parameter.
223
224 * systemd-cat gained a new option --namespace= to specify the target
225 journal namespace to which the output shall be connected.
226
227 * systemd-bsod gained a new option --tty= to specify the output TTY
228
229 Device Management:
230
231 * /dev/ now contains symlinks that combine by-path and by-{label,uuid}
232 information:
233
234 /dev/disk/by-path/<path>/by-<label|uuid|…>/<label|uuid|…>
235
236 This allows distinguishing partitions with identical contents on
237 multiple storage devices. This is useful, for example, when copying
238 raw disk contents between devices.
239
240 * systemd-udevd now creates persistent /dev/media/by-path/ symlinks for
241 media controllers. For example, the uvcvideo driver may create
242 /dev/media0 which will be linked as
243 /dev/media/by-path/pci-0000:04:00.3-usb-0:1:1.0-media-controller.
244
245 * A new unit systemd-udev-load-credentials.service has been added
246 to pick up udev.conf drop-ins and udev rules from credentials.
247
248 * An allowlist/denylist may be specified to filter which sysfs
249 attributes are used when crafting network interface names. Those
250 lists are stored as hwdb entries
251 ID_NET_NAME_ALLOW_<sysfsattr>=0|1
252 and
253 ID_NET_NAME_ALLOW=0|1.
254
255 The goal is to avoid unexpected changes to interface names when the
256 kernel is updated and new sysfs attributes become visible.
257
258 * A new unit tpm2.target has been added to provide a synchronization
259 point for units which expect the TPM hardware to be available. A new
260 generator "systemd-tpm2-generator" has been added that will insert
261 this target whenever it detects that the firmware has initialized a
262 TPM, but Linux hasn't loaded a driver for it yet.
263
264 * systemd-backlight now properly supports numbered devices which the
265 kernel creates to avoid collisions in the leds subsystem.
266
267 * systemd-hwdb update operation can be disabled with a new environment
268 variable SYSTEMD_HWDB_UPDATE_BYPASS=1.
269
270 systemd-hostnamed:
271
272 * systemd-hostnamed now exposes the machine ID and boot ID via
273 D-Bus. It also exposes the hosts AF_VSOCK CID, if available.
274
275 * systemd-hostnamed now provides a basic Varlink interface.
276
277 * systemd-hostnamed exports the full data in os-release(5) and
278 machine-info(5) via D-Bus and Varlink.
279
280 * hostnamectl now shows the system's product UUID and hardware serial
281 number if known.
282
283 Network Management:
284
285 * systemd-networkd now provides a basic Varlink interface.
286
287 * systemd-networkd's ARP proxy support gained a new option to configure
288 a private VLAN variant of the proxy ARP supported by the kernel under
289 the name IPv4ProxyARPPrivateVLAN=.
290
291 * systemd-networkd now exports the NamespaceId and NamespaceNSID
292 properties via D-Bus and Varlink. (which expose the inode and NSID of
293 the network namespace the networkd instance manages)
294
295 * systemd-networkd now supports IPv6RetransmissionTimeSec= and
296 UseRetransmissionTime= settings in .network files to configure
297 retransmission time for IPv6 neighbor solicitation messages.
298
299 * networkctl gained new verbs 'mask' and 'unmask' for masking networkd
300 configuration files such as .network files.
301
302 * 'networkctl edit --runtime' allows editing volatile configuration
303 under /run/systemd/network/.
304
305 * The implementation behind TTLPropagate= network setting has been
306 removed and the setting is now ignored.
307
308 * systemd-network-generator will now pick up .netdev/.link/.network/
309 networkd.conf configuration from system credentials.
310
311 * systemd-networkd will now pick up wireguard secrets from
312 credentials.
313
314 * systemd-networkd's Varlink API now supports enumerating LLDP peers.
315
316 * .link files now support new Property=, ImportProperty=,
317 UnsetProperty= fields for setting udev properties on a link.
318
319 * The various .link files that systemd ships for interfaces that are
320 supposed to be managed by systemd-networkd only now carry a
321 ID_NET_MANAGED_BY=io.systemd.Network udev property ensuring that
322 other network management solutions honouring this udev property do
323 not come into conflict with networkd, trying to manage these
324 interfaces.
325
326 * .link files now support a new ReceivePacketSteeringCPUMask= setting
327 for configuring which CPUs to steer incoming packets to.
328
329 systemd-nspawn:
330
331 * systemd-nspawn now provides a /run/systemd/nspawn/unix-export/
332 directory where the container payload can expose AF_UNIX sockets to
333 allow them them to be accessed from outside.
334
335 * systemd-nspawn will tint the terminal background for containers in a
336 blueish color. This can be controller with the new --background=
337 switch.
338
339 * systemd-nspawn gained support for the 'owneridmap' option for --bind=
340 mounts to map the target directory owner from inside the container to
341 the owner of the directory bound from the host filesystem.
342
343 * systemd-nspawn now supports moving Wi-Fi network devices into a
344 container, just like other network interfaces.
345
346 systemd-resolved:
347
348 * systemd-resolved now reads RFC 8914 EDE error codes provided by
349 upstream DNS services.
350
351 * systemd-resolved and resolvectl now support RFC 9460 SVCB and HTTPS
352 records, as well as RFC 2915 NAPTR records.
353
354 * resolvectl gained a new option --relax-single-label= to allow
355 querying single-label hostnames via unicast DNS on a per-query basis.
356
357 * systemd-resolved's Varlink IPC interface now supports resolving
358 DNS-SD services as well as an API for resolving raw DNS RRs.
359
360 * systemd-resolved's .dnssd DNS_SD service description files now
361 support DNS-SD "subtypes" via the new SubType= setting.
362
363 * systemd-resolved's configuration may now be reloaded without
364 restarting the service. (i.e. "systemctl reload systemd-resolved" is
365 now supported)
366
367 SSH Integration:
368
369 * An sshd config drop-in to allow ssh keys acquired via userdbctl (for
370 example expose by homed accounts) to be used for authorization of
371 incoming SSH connections.
372
373 * A small new unit generator "systemd-ssh-generator" has been added. It
374 checks if the sshd binary is installed. If so, it binds it via
375 per-connection socket activation to various sockets depending on the
376 execution context:
377
378 • If the system is run in a VM providing AF_VSOCK support, it
379 automatically binds sshd to AF_VSOCK port 22.
380
381 • If the system is invoked as a full-OS container and the container
382 manager pre-mounts a directory /run/host/unix-export/, it will
383 bind sshd to an AF_UNIX socket /run/host/unix-export/ssh. The
384 idea is the container manager bind mounts the directory to an
385 appropriate place on the host as well, so that the AF_UNIX socket
386 may be used to easily connect from the host to the container.
387
388 • sshd is also bound to an AF_UNIX socket
389 /run/ssh-unix-local/socket, which may be to use ssh/sftp in a
390 "sudo"-like fashion to access resources of other local users.
391
392 • Via the kernel command line option "systemd.ssh_listen=" and the
393 system credential "ssh.listen" sshd may be bound to additional,
394 explicitly configured options, including AF_INET/AF_INET6 ports.
395
396 In particular the first two mechanisms should make dealing with local
397 VMs and full OS containers a lot easier, as SSH connections will
398 *just* *work* from the host – even if no networking is available
399 whatsoever.
400
401 systemd-ssh-generator optionally generates a per-connection
402 socket activation service file wrapping sshd. This is only done if
403 the distribution does not provide one on its own under the name
404 "sshd@.service". The generated unit only works correctly if the SSH
405 privilege separation ("privsep") directory exists. Unfortunately
406 distributions vary wildly where they place this directory. An
407 incomprehensive list:
408
409 • /usr/share/empty.sshd/ (new fedora)
410 • /var/empty/
411 • /var/empty/sshd/
412 • /run/sshd/ (debian/ubuntu?)
413
414 If the SSH privsep directory is placed below /var/ or /run/ care
415 needs to be taken that the directory is created automatically at boot
416 if needed, since these directories possibly or always come up
417 empty. This can be done via a tmpfiles.d/ drop-in. You may use the
418 "sshdprivsepdir" meson option provided by systemd to configure the
419 directory, in case you want systemd to create the directory as needed
420 automatically, if your distribution does not cover this natively.
421
422 Recommendations to distributions, in order to make things just work:
423
424 • Please provide a per-connection SSH service file under the name
425 "sshd@.service".
426
427 • Please move the SSH privsep dir into /usr/ (so that it is truly
428 immutable on image-based operating systems, is strictly under
429 package manager control, and never requires recreation if the
430 system boots up with an empty /run/ or /var/).
431
432 • As an extension of this: please consider following Fedora's lead
433 here, and use /usr/share/empty.sshd/ to minimize needless
434 differences between distributions.
435
436 • If your distribution insists on placing the directory in /var/ or
437 /run/ then please at least provide a tmpfiles.d/ drop-in to
438 recreate it automatically at boot, so that the sshd binary just
439 works, regardless in which context it is called.
440
441 * A small tool "systemd-ssh-proxy" has been added, which is supposed to
442 act as counterpart to "systemd-ssh-generator". It's a small plug-in
443 for the SSH client (via ProxyCommand/ProxyUseFdpass) to allow it to
444 connect to AF_VSOCK or AF_UNIX sockets. Example: "ssh vsock/4711"
445 connects to a local VM with cid 4711, or "ssh
446 unix/run/ssh-unix-local/socket" to connect to the local host via the
447 AF_UNIX socket /run/ssh-unix-local/socket.
448
449 systemd-boot and systemd-stub and Related Tools:
450
451 * TPM 1.2 PCR measurement support has been removed from systemd-stub.
452 TPM 1.2 is obsolete and – due to the (by today's standards) weak
453 cryptographic algorithms it only supports – does not actually provide
454 the security benefits it's supposed to provide. Given that the rest
455 of systemd's codebase never supported TPM 1.2, the support has now
456 been removed from systemd-stub as well.
457
458 * systemd-stub will now measure its payload via the new EFI
459 Confidential Computing APIs (CC), in addition to the pre-existing
460 measurements to TPM.
461
462 * confexts are loaded by systemd-stub from the ESP as well.
463
464 * kernel-install gained support for --root= for the 'list' verb.
465
466 * bootctl now provides a basic Varlink interface and can be run as a
467 daemon via a template unit.
468
469 * systemd-measure gained new options --certificate=, --private-key=,
470 and --private-key-source= to allow using OpenSSL's "engines" or
471 "providers" as the signing mechanism to use when creating signed
472 TPM2 PCR measurement values.
473
474 * ukify gained support for signing of PCR signatures via OpenSSL's
475 engines and providers.
476
477 * ukify now supports zboot kernels.
478
479 * systemd-boot now supports passing additional kernel command line
480 switches to invoked kernels via an SMBIOS Type #11 string
481 "io.systemd.boot.kernel-cmdline-extra". This is similar to the
482 pre-existing support for this in systemd-stub, but also applies to
483 Type #1 Boot Loader Specification Entries.
484
485 * systemd-boot's automatic SecureBoot enrollment support gained support
486 for enrolling "dbx" too (Previously, only db/KEK/PK enrollment was
487 supported). It also now supports UEFI "Custom" mode.
488
489 * The pcrlock policy is saved in an unencrypted credential file
490 "pcrlock.<entry-token>.cred" under XBOOTLDR/ESP in the
491 /loader/credentials/ directory. It will be picked up at boot by
492 systemd-stub and passed to the initrd, where it can be used to unlock
493 the root file system.
494
495 * systemd-pcrlock gained an --entry-token= option to configure the
496 entry-token.
497
498 * systemd-pcrlock now provides a basic Varlink interface and can be run
499 as a daemon via a template unit.
500
501 * systemd-pcrlock's TPM nvindex access policy has been modified, this
502 means that previous pcrlock policies stored in nvindexes are
503 invalidated. They must be removed (systemd-pcrlock remove-policy) and
504 recreated (systemd-pcrlock make-policy). For the time being
505 systemd-pcrlock remains an experimental feature, but it is expected
506 to become stable in the next release, i.e. v257.
507
508 * systemd-pcrlock's --recovery-pin= switch now takes three values:
509 "hide", "show", "query". If "show" is selected the automatically
510 generated recovery PIN is shown to the user. If "query" is selected
511 then the PIN is queried from the user.
512
513 systemd-run/run0:
514
515 * systemd-run is now a multi-call binary. When invoked as 'run0', it
516 provides as interface similar to 'sudo', with all arguments starting
517 at the first non-option parameter being treated the command to invoke
518 as root. Unlike 'sudo' and similar tools, it does not make use of
519 setuid binaries or other privilege escalation methods, but instead
520 runs the specified command as a transient unit, which is started by
521 the system service manager, so privileges are dropped, rather than
522 gained, thus implementing a much more robust and safe security
523 model. As usual, authorization is managed via Polkit.
524
525 * systemd-run/run0 will now tint the terminal background on supported
526 terminals: in a reddish tone when invoking a root service, in a
527 yellowish tone otherwise. This may be controlled and turned off via
528 the new --background= switch.
529
530 * systemd-run gained a new option '--ignore-failure' to suppress
531 command failures.
532
533 Command-line tools:
534
535 * 'systemctl edit --stdin' allows creation of unit files and drop-ins
536 with contents supplied via standard input. This is useful when creating
537 configuration programmatically; the tool takes care of figuring out
538 the file name, creating any directories, and reloading the manager
539 afterwards.
540
541 * 'systemctl disable --now' and 'systemctl mask --now' now work
542 correctly with template units.
543
544 * 'systemd-analyze architectures' lists known CPU architectures.
545
546 * 'systemd-analyze --json=…' is supported for 'architectures',
547 'capability', 'exit-status'.
548
549 * 'systemd-tmpfiles --purge' will purge (remove) all files and
550 directories created via tmpfiles.d configuration.
551
552 * systemd-id128 gained new options --no-pager, --no-legend, and
553 -j/--json=.
554
555 * hostnamectl gained '-j' as shortcut for '--json=pretty' or
556 '--json=short'.
557
558 * loginctl now supports -j/--json=.
559
560 * resolvectl now supports -j/--json= for --type=.
561
562 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new option --dry-run to print what would be
563 done without actually taking action.
564
565 * varlinkctl gained a new --collect switch to collect all responses of
566 a method call that supports multiple replies and turns it into a
567 single JSON array.
568
569 * systemd-dissect gained a new --make-archive option to generate an
570 archive file (tar.gz and similar) from a disk image.
571
572 systemd-vmspawn:
573
574 * systemd-vmspawn gained a new --firmware= option to configure or list
575 firmware definitions for Qemu, a new --tpm= option to enable or
576 disable the use of a software TPM, a new --linux= option to specify a
577 kernel binary for direct kernel boot, a new --initrd= option to
578 specify an initrd for direct kernel boot, a new -D/--directory option
579 to use a plain directory as the root file system, a new
580 --private-users option similar to the one in systemd-nspawn, new
581 options --bind= and --bind-ro= to bind part of the host's file system
582 hierarchy into the guest, a new --extra-drive= option to attach
583 additional storage, and -n/--network-tap/--network-user-mode to
584 configure networking.
585
586 * A new systemd-vmspawn@.service can be used to launch systemd-vmspawn
587 as a service.
588
589 * systemd-vmspawn gained the new --console= and --background= switches
590 that control how to interact with the VM. As before, by default an
591 interactive terminal interface is provided, but now with a background
592 tinted with a greenish hue.
593
594 * systemd-vmspawn can now register its VMs with systemd-machined,
595 controlled via the --register= switch.
596
597 * machinectl's start command (and related) can now invoke images either
598 as containers via `systemd-nspawn` (switch is --runner=nspawn, the
599 default) or as VMs via `systemd-vmspawn` (switch is --runner=vmspawn,
600 or short -V).
601
602 * systemd-vmspawn now supports two switches --pass-ssh-key= and
603 --ssh-key-type= to optionally set up transient SSH keys to pass to the
604 invoked VMs in order to be able to SSH into them once booted.
605
606 systemd-repart:
607
608 * systemd-repart gained new options --generate-fstab= and
609 --generate-crypttab= to write out fstab and crypttab files matching the
610 generated partitions.
611
612 * systemd-repart gained a new option --private-key-source= to allow
613 using OpenSSL's "engines" or "providers" as the signing mechanism to
614 use when creating verity signature partitions.
615
616 * systemd-repart gained a new DefaultSubvolume= setting in repart.d/
617 drop-ins that allow configuring the default btrfs subvolume for newly
618 formatted btrfs file systems.
619
620 Libraries:
621
622 * libsystemd gained new call sd_bus_creds_new_from_pidfd() to get a
623 credentials object for a pidfd and sd_bus_creds_get_pidfd_dup() to
624 retrieve the pidfd from a credentials object.
625
626 * sd-bus' credentials logic will now also acquire peer's UNIX group
627 lists and peer's pidfd if supported and requested.
628
629 * RPM macro %_kernel_install_dir has been added with the path
630 to the directory for kernel-install plugins.
631
632 * The liblz4, libzstd, liblzma, libkmod, libgcrypt dependencies have
633 been changed from regular shared library dependencies into dlopen()
634 based ones.
635
636 * The sd-journal API gained a new call
637 sd_journal_stream_fd_with_namespace() which is just like
638 sd_journal_stream_fd() but creates a log stream targeted at a
639 specific log namespace.
640
641 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptenroll:
642
643 * systemd-cryptenroll can now enroll directly with a PKCS11 public key
644 (instead of a certificate).
645
646 * systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptenroll now may lock a disk against a
647 PKCS#11 provided EC key (before it only supported RSA).
648
649 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for crypttab option
650 link-volume-key= to link the volume key into the kernel keyring when
651 the volume is opened.
652
653 * systemd-cryptenroll will no longer enable Dictionary Attack
654 Protection (i.e. turn on NO_DA) for TPM enrollments that do not
655 involve a PIN. DA should not be necessary in that case (since key
656 entropy is high enough to make this unnecessary), but risks
657 accidental lock-out in case of unexpected PCR changes.
658
659 * systemd-cryptenroll now supports enrolling a new slot while unlocking
660 the old slot via TPM2 (previously unlocking only worked via password
661 or FIDO2).
662
663 Documentation:
664
665 * The remaining documentation that was on
666 https://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/ has been moved to
667 https://systemd.io/.
668
669 * A new text describing the VM integration interfaces of systemd has
670 been added:
671
672 https://systemd.io/VM_INTERFACE
673
674 * The sd_notify() man page has gained an example with C code that shows
675 how to implement the interface in C without involving libsystemd.
676
677 systemd-homed, systemd-logind, systemd-userdbd:
678
679 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking of home directories when logging
680 in via SSH. Previously home directories needed to be unlocked before
681 an SSH login is attempted.
682
683 * JSON User Records have been extended with a separate public storage
684 area called "User Record Blob Directories". This is intended to store
685 the user's background image, avatar picture, and other similar items
686 which are too large to fit into the User Record itself.
687
688 systemd-homed, userdbctl, and homectl gained support for blob
689 directories. homectl gained --avatar= and --login-background= to
690 control two specific items of the blob directories.
691
692 * A new "additionalLanguages" field has been added to JSON user records
693 (as supported by systemd-homed and systemd-userdbd), which is closely
694 related to the pre-existing "preferredLanguage", and allows
695 specifying multiple additional languages for the user account. It is
696 used to initialize the $LANGUAGES environment variable when used.
697
698 * A new pair of "preferredSessionType" and "preferredSessionLauncher"
699 fields have been added to JSON user records, that may be used to
700 control which kind of desktop session to preferable activate on
701 logins of the user.
702
703 * homectl gained a new verb 'firstboot', and a new
704 systemd-homed-firstboot.service unit uses this verb to create users
705 in a first boot environment, either from system credentials or by
706 querying interactively.
707
708 * systemd-logind now supports a new "background-light" session class
709 which does not pull in the user@.service unit. This is intended in
710 particular for lighter weight per-user cron jobs which do require any
711 per-user service manager to be around.
712
713 * The per-user service manager will now be tracked as a distinct "manager"
714 session type among logind sessions of each user.
715
716 * homectl now supports an --offline mode, by which certain account
717 properties can be changed without unlocking the home directory.
718
719 * systemd-logind gained a new
720 org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.ListSessionsEx() method that provides
721 additional metadata compared to ListSessions(). loginctl makes use of
722 this to list additional fields in list-sessions.
723
724 * systemd-logind gained a new org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.Sleep()
725 method that automatically redirects to SuspendThenHibernate(),
726 Suspend(), HybridSleep(), or Hibernate(), depending on what is
727 supported and configured, a new configuration setting SleepOperation=,
728 and an accompanying helper method
729 org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.CanSleep() and property
730 org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.SleepOperation.
731
732 'systemctl sleep' calls the new method to automatically put the
733 machine to sleep in the most appropriate way.
734
735 Credential Management:
736
737 * systemd-creds now provides a Varlink IPC API for encrypting and
738 decrypting credentials.
739
740 * systemd-creds' "tpm2-absent" key selection has been renamed to
741 "null", since that's what it actually does: "encrypt" and "sign"
742 with a fixed null key. --with-key=null should only be used in very
743 specific cases, as it provides zero integrity or confidentiality
744 protections. (i.e. it's only safe to use as fallback in environments
745 lacking both a TPM and access to the root fs to use the host
746 encryption key, or when integrity is provided some other way.)
747
748 * systemd-creds gained a new switch --allow-null. If specified, the
749 "decrypt" verb will decode encrypted credentials that use the "null"
750 key (by default this is refused, since using the "null" key defeats
751 the authenticated encryption normally done).
752
753 Suspend & Hibernate:
754
755 * The sleep.conf configuration file gained a new MemorySleepMode=
756 setting for configuring the sleep mode in more detail.
757
758 * A tiny new service systemd-hibernate-clear.service has been added
759 which clears hibernation information from the HibernateLocation EFI
760 variable, in case the resume device is gone. Normally, this variable
761 is supposed to be cleaned up by the code that initiates the resume
762 from hibernation image. But when the device is missing and that code
763 doesn't run, this service will now do the necessary work, ensuring
764 that no outdated hibernation image information remains on subsequent
765 boots.
766
767 Unprivileged User Namespaces & Mounts:
768
769 * A small new service systemd-nsresourced.service has been added. It
770 provides a Varlink IPC API that assigns a free, transiently allocated
771 64K UID/GID range to an uninitialized user namespace a client
772 provides. It may be used to implement unprivileged container managers
773 and other programs that need dynamic user ID ranges. It also provides
774 interfaces to then delegate mount file descriptors, control groups
775 and network interfaces to user namespaces set up this way.
776
777 * A small new service systemd-mountfsd.service has been added. It
778 provides a Varlink IPC API for mounting DDI images, and returning a set
779 of mount file descriptors for it. If a user namespace fd is provided
780 as input, then the mounts are registered with the user namespace. To
781 ensure trust in the image it must provide Verity information (or
782 alternatively interactive polkit authentication is required).
783
784 * The systemd-dissect tool now can access DDIs fully unprivileged by
785 using systemd-nsresourced/systemd-mountfsd.
786
787 * If the service manager runs unprivileged (i.e. systemd --user) it now
788 supports RootImage= for accessing DDI images, also implemented via
789 the systemd-nsresourced/systemd-mountfsd.
790
791 * systemd-nspawn may now operate without privileges, if a suitable DDI
792 is provided via --image=, again implemented via
793 systemd-nsresourced/systemd-mountfsd.
794
795 Other:
796
797 * timedatectl and machinectl gained option '-P', an alias for
798 '--value --property=…'.
799
800 * Various tools that pretty-print config files will now highlight
801 configuration directives.
802
803 * varlinkctl gained support for the "ssh:" transport. This requires
804 OpenSSH 9.4 or newer.
805
806 * systemd-sysext gained support for enabling system extensions in
807 mutable fashion, where a writeable upperdir is stored under
808 /var/lib/extensions.mutable/, and a new --mutable= option to
809 configure this behaviour. An "ephemeral" mode is not also supported
810 where the mutable layer is configured to be a tmpfs that is
811 automatically released when the system extensions are reattached.
812
813 * Coredumps are now retained for two weeks by default (instead of three
814 days, as before).
815
816 * portablectl --copy= parameter gained a new 'mixed' argument, that will
817 result in resources owned by the OS (e.g.: portable profiles) to be linked
818 but resources owned by the portable image (e.g.: the unit files and the
819 images themselves) to be copied.
820
821 * systemd will now register MIME types for various of its file types
822 (e.g. journal files, DDIs, encrypted credentials …) via the XDG
823 shared-mime-info infrastructure. (Files of these types will thus be
824 recognized as their own thing in desktop file managers such as GNOME
825 Files.)
826
827 * systemd-dissect will now show the detected sector size of a given DDI
828 in its default output.
829
830 * systemd-portabled now generates recognizable structured log messages
831 whenever a portable service is attached or detached.
832
833 * Verity signature checking in userspace (i.e. checking against
834 /etc/verity.d/ keys) when activating DDIs can now be turned on/off
835 via a kernel command line option systemd.allow_userspace_verity= and
836 an environment variable SYSTEMD_ALLOW_USERSPACE_VERITY=.
837
838 * ext4/xfs file system quota handling has been reworked, so that
839 quotacheck and quotaon are now invoked as per-file-system templated
840 services (as opposed to single system-wide singletons), similar in
841 style to the fsck, growfs, pcrfs logic. This means file systems with
842 quota enabled can now be reasonably enabled at runtime of the system,
843 not just at boot.
844
845 * "systemd-analyze dot" will now also show BindsTo= dependencies.
846
847 * systemd-debug-generator gained the ability add in arbitrary units
848 based on them being passed in via system credentials.
849
850 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.default_debug_tty= can be
851 used to specify the TTY for the debug shell, independently of
852 enabling or disabling it.
853
854 Contributions from: A S Alam, AKHIL KUMAR, Abraham Samuel Adekunle,
855 Adrian Vovk, Adrian Wannenmacher, Alan Liang, Alberto Planas,
856 Alexander Zavyalov, Anders Jonsson, Andika Triwidada, Andres Beltran,
857 Andrew Sayers, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arthur Zamarin, Artur Pak,
858 AtariDreams, Benjamin Franzke, Bernhard M. Wiedemann, Black-Hole1,
859 Bryan Jacobs, Burak Gerz, Carlos Garnacho, Chandra Pratap,
860 Chris Simons, Christian Wesselhoeft, Clayton Craft, Colin Geniet,
861 Colin Walters, Costa Tsaousis, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
862 Damien Challet, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, David Venhoek,
863 Diego Viola, Dionna Amalie Glaze, Dmitry Konishchev,
864 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eisuke Kawashima, Eli Schwartz,
865 Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito, Eric Daigle, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
866 Felix Riemann, Fernando Fernandez Mancera, Florian Schmaus, Franck Bui,
867 Frantisek Sumsal, Friedrich Altheide, Gabríel Arthúr Pétursson,
868 Gaël Donval, Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gerd Hoffmann, GNOME
869 Foundation, Guilhem Lettron, Göran Uddeborg, Hans de Goede, Harald
870 Brinkmann, Heinrich Schuchardt, Henry Li, Holger Assmann, Ivan Kruglov,
871 Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Sitnicki, James Muir, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Macku,
872 Jeff King, JmbFountain, Joakim Nohlgård, Julius Alexandre,
873 Jörg Behrmann, Keian, Kirk, Kristian Klausen, Krzesimir Nowak,
874 Lars Ellenberg, Lennart Poettering, Luca Boccassi, Ludwig Nussel,
875 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luxiter, Maanya Goenka, Mariano Giménez,
876 Markus Merklinger, Martin Ivicic, Martin Trigaux, Martin Wilck,
877 Matt Layher, Matt Muggeridge, Matteo Croce, Matthias Lisin,
878 Max Gautier, Max Staudt, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
879 Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, Mikko Ylinen, MkfsSion, MrSmör,
880 Nandakumar Raghavan, Nick Cao, Nick Rosbrook, Ole Peder Brandtzæg,
881 Ondrej Kozina, Oğuz Ersen, Pablo Méndez Hernández, Pierre GRASSER,
882 Piotr Drąg, QuonXF, Rafaël Kooi, Raito Bezarius, Reid Wahl,
883 Renjaya Raga Zenta, Richard Maw, Roland Hieber, Ronan Pigott, Rose,
884 Ross Burton, Sam Leonard, Samuel BF, Sergei Zhmylev, Sergey A, Shulhan,
885 SidhuRupinder, Sludge, Stuart Hayhurst, Susant Sahani,
886 Takashi Sakamoto, Temuri Doghonadze, Thilo Fromm, Thomas Blume,
887 TobiPeterG, Tomáš Pecka, Topi Miettinen, Tycho Andersen, Unique-Usman,
888 Usman Akinyemi, Vasiliy Kovalev, Vasiliy Stelmachenok,
889 Vishal Chillara Srinivas, Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo,
890 Vladimir Stoiakin, Werner Sembach, Will Springer, Winterhuman,
891 Xiaotian Wu, Yu Watanabe, Yuri Chornoivan, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
892 Zmyeir, aslepykh, chenjiayi, cpackham-atlnz, cunshunxia, djantti,
893 hfavisado, hulkoba, ksaleem, medusalix, mille-feuille, mkubiak, mooo,
894 msizanoen, networkException, nl6720, r-vdp, runiq, samuelvw01,
895 sharad3001, sushmbha, wangyuhang, zzywysm, İ. Ensar Gülşen,
896 Štěpán Němec, 我超厉害, 김인수
897
898 — Happy Place, 2024-04-XX
899
900 CHANGES WITH 255:
901
902 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
903
904 * Support for split-usr (/usr/ mounted separately during late boot,
905 instead of being mounted by the initrd before switching to the rootfs)
906 and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and
907 /usr/lib/, …) has been removed. For more details, see:
908 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
909
910 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
911 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
912 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
913 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
914 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
915 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
916
917 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
918 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
919 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
920 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
921
922 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
923 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
924 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
925 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
926 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
927 user feedback.
928
929 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
930 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
931 release to be enabled by default.
932
933 * "systemctl switch-root" is now restricted to initrd transitions only.
934
935 Transitions between real systems should be done with
936 "systemctl soft-reboot" instead.
937
938 * The "ip=off" and "ip=none" kernel command line options interpreted by
939 systemd-network-generator will now result in IPv6RA + link-local
940 addressing being disabled, too. Previously DHCP was turned off, but
941 IPv6RA and IPv6 link-local addressing was left enabled.
942
943 * The NAMING_BRIDGE_MULTIFUNCTION_SLOT naming scheme has been deprecated
944 and is now disabled.
945
946 * SuspendMode=, HibernateState= and HybridSleepState= in the [Sleep]
947 section of systemd-sleep.conf are now deprecated and have no effect.
948 They did not (and could not) take any value other than the respective
949 default. HybridSleepMode= is also deprecated, and will now always use
950 the 'suspend' disk mode.
951
952 Service Manager:
953
954 * The way services are spawned has been overhauled. Previously, a
955 process was forked that shared all of the manager's memory (via
956 copy-on-write) while doing all the required setup (e.g.: mount
957 namespaces, CGroup configuration, etc.) before exec'ing the target
958 executable. This was problematic for various reasons: several glibc
959 APIs were called that are not supposed to be used after a fork but
960 before an exec, copy-on-write meant that if either process (the
961 manager or the child) touched a memory page a copy was triggered, and
962 also the memory footprint of the child process was that of the
963 manager, but with the memory limits of the service. From this version
964 onward, the new process is spawned using CLONE_VM and CLONE_VFORK
965 semantics via posix_spawn(3), and it immediately execs a new internal
966 binary, systemd-executor, that receives the configuration to apply
967 via memfd, and sets up the process before exec'ing the target
968 executable. The systemd-executor binary is pinned by file descriptor
969 by each manager instance (system and users), and the reference is
970 updated on daemon-reexec - it is thus important to reexec all running
971 manager instances when the systemd-executor and/or libsystemd*
972 libraries are updated on the filesystem.
973
974 * Most of the internal process tracking is being changed to use PIDFDs
975 instead of PIDs when the kernel supports it, to improve robustness
976 and reliability.
977
978 * A new option SurviveFinalKillSignal= can be used to configure the
979 unit to be skipped in the final SIGTERM/SIGKILL spree on shutdown.
980 This is part of the required configuration to let a unit's processes
981 survive a soft-reboot operation.
982
983 * System extension images (sysext) can now set
984 EXTENSION_RELOAD_MANAGER=1 in their extension-release files to
985 automatically reload the service manager (PID 1) when
986 merging/refreshing/unmerging on boot. Generally, while this can be
987 used to ship services in system extension images it's recommended to
988 do that via portable services instead.
989
990 * The ExtensionImages= and ExtensionDirectories= options now support
991 confexts images/directories.
992
993 * A new option NFTSet= provides a method for integrating dynamic cgroup
994 IDs into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using this
995 setting is to be able to use control group as a selector in firewall
996 rules easily and this in turn allows more fine grained filtering.
997 Also, NFT rules for cgroup matching use numeric cgroup IDs, which
998 change every time a service is restarted, making them hard to use in
999 systemd environment.
1000
1001 * A new option CoredumpReceive= can be set for service and scope units,
1002 together with Delegate=yes, to make systemd-coredump on the host
1003 forward core files from processes crashing inside the delegated
1004 CGroup subtree to systemd-coredump running in the container. This new
1005 option is by default used by systemd-nspawn containers that use the
1006 "--boot" switch.
1007
1008 * A new ConditionSecurity=measured-uki option is now available, to ensure
1009 a unit can only run when the system has been booted from a measured UKI.
1010
1011 * MemoryAvailable= now considers physical memory if there are no CGroup
1012 memory limits set anywhere in the tree.
1013
1014 * The $USER environment variable is now always set for services, while
1015 previously it was only set if User= was specified. A new option
1016 SetLoginEnvironment= is now supported to determine whether to also set
1017 $HOME, $LOGNAME, and $SHELL.
1018
1019 * Socket units now support a new pair of
1020 PollLimitBurst=/PollLimitInterval= options to configure a limit on
1021 how often polling events on the file descriptors backing this unit
1022 will be considered within a time window.
1023
1024 * Scope units can now be created using PIDFDs instead of PIDs to select
1025 the processes they should include.
1026
1027 * Sending SIGRTMIN+18 with 0x500 as sigqueue() value will now cause the
1028 manager to dump the list of currently pending jobs.
1029
1030 * If the kernel supports MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH, the systemctl and
1031 machinectl bind and mount-image verbs will now cause the new mount to
1032 replace the old mount (if any), instead of overmounting it.
1033
1034 * Units now have MemoryPeak, MemorySwapPeak, MemorySwapCurrent and
1035 MemoryZSwapCurrent properties, which respectively contain the values
1036 of the cgroup v2's memory.peak, memory.swap.peak, memory.swap.current
1037 and memory.zswap.current properties. This information is also shown in
1038 "systemctl status" output, if available.
1039
1040 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
1041
1042 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a PCR bank and explicit hash
1043 value in the --tpm2-pcrs= option.
1044
1045 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a TPM2 key handle (nv
1046 index) to be used instead of the default SRK via the new
1047 --tpm2-seal-key-handle= option.
1048
1049 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows TPM2 enrollment using only a TPM2
1050 public key (in TPM2B_PUBLIC format) – without access to the TPM2
1051 device itself – which enables offline sealing of LUKS images for a
1052 specific TPM2 chip, as long as the SRK public key is known. Pass the
1053 public to the tool via the new --tpm2-device-key= switch.
1054
1055 * systemd-cryptsetup is now installed in /usr/bin/ and is no longer an
1056 internal-only executable.
1057
1058 * The TPM2 Storage Root Key will now be set up, if not already present,
1059 by a new systemd-tpm2-setup.service early boot service. The SRK will
1060 be stored in PEM format and TPM2_PUBLIC format (the latter is useful
1061 for systemd-cryptenroll --tpm2-device-key=, as mentioned above) for
1062 easier access. A new "srk" verb has been added to systemd-analyze to
1063 allow extracting it on demand if it is already set up.
1064
1065 * The internal systemd-pcrphase executable has been renamed to
1066 systemd-pcrextend.
1067
1068 * The systemd-pcrextend tool gained a new --pcr= switch to override
1069 which PCR to measure into.
1070
1071 * systemd-pcrextend now exposes a Varlink interface at
1072 io.systemd.PCRExtend that can be used to do measurements and event
1073 logging on demand.
1074
1075 * TPM measurements are now also written to an event log at
1076 /run/log/systemd/tpm2-measure.log, using a derivative of the TCG
1077 Canonical Event Log format. Previously we'd only log them to the
1078 journal, where they however were subject to rotation and similar.
1079
1080 * A new component "systemd-pcrlock" has been added that allows managing
1081 local TPM2 PCR policies for PCRs 0-7 and similar, which are hard to
1082 predict by the OS vendor because of the inherently local nature of
1083 what measurements they contain, such as firmware versions of the
1084 system and extension cards and suchlike. pcrlock can predict PCR
1085 measurements ahead of time based on various inputs, such as the local
1086 TPM2 event log, GPT partition tables, PE binaries, UKI kernels, and
1087 various other things. It can then pre-calculate a TPM2 policy from
1088 this, which it stores in an TPM2 NV index. TPM2 objects (such as disk
1089 encryption keys) can be locked against this NV index, so that they
1090 are locked against a specific combination of system firmware and
1091 state. Alternatives for each component are supported to allowlist
1092 multiple kernel versions or boot loader version simultaneously
1093 without losing access to the disk encryption keys. The tool can also
1094 be used to analyze and validate the local TPM2 event log.
1095 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-repart have all been
1096 updated to support such policies. There's currently no support for
1097 locking the system's root disk against a pcrlock policy, this will be
1098 added soon. Moreover, it is currently not possible to combine a
1099 pcrlock policy with a signed PCR policy. This component is
1100 experimental and its public interface is subject to change.
1101
1102 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
1103
1104 * bootctl will now show whether the system was booted from a UKI in its
1105 status output.
1106
1107 * systemd-boot and systemd-stub now use different project keys in their
1108 respective SBAT sections, so that they can be revoked individually if
1109 needed.
1110
1111 * systemd-boot will no longer load unverified Devicetree blobs when UEFI
1112 SecureBoot is enabled. For more details see:
1113 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/security/advisories/GHSA-6m6p-rjcq-334c
1114
1115 * systemd-boot gained new hotkeys to reboot and power off the system
1116 from the boot menu ("B" and "O"). If the "auto-poweroff" and
1117 "auto-reboot" options in loader.conf are set these entries are also
1118 shown as menu items (which is useful on devices lacking a regular
1119 keyboard).
1120
1121 * systemd-boot gained a new configuration value "menu-disabled" for the
1122 set-timeout option, to allow completely disabling the boot menu,
1123 including the hotkey.
1124
1125 * systemd-boot will now measure the content of loader.conf in TPM2
1126 PCR 5.
1127
1128 * systemd-stub will now concatenate the content of all kernel
1129 command-line addons before measuring them in TPM2 PCR 12, in a single
1130 measurement, instead of measuring them individually.
1131
1132 * systemd-stub will now measure and load Devicetree Blob addons, which
1133 are searched and loaded following the same model as the existing
1134 kernel command-line addons.
1135
1136 * systemd-stub will now ignore unauthenticated kernel command line options
1137 passed from systemd-boot when running inside Confidential VMs with UEFI
1138 SecureBoot enabled.
1139
1140 * systemd-stub will now load a Devicetree blob even if the firmware did
1141 not load any beforehand (e.g.: for ACPI systems).
1142
1143 * ukify is no longer considered experimental, and now ships in /usr/bin/.
1144
1145 * ukify gained a new verb inspect to describe the sections of a UKI and
1146 print the contents of the well-known sections.
1147
1148 * ukify gained a new verb genkey to generate a set of key pairs for
1149 signing UKIs and their PCR data.
1150
1151 * The 90-loaderentry kernel-install hook now supports installing device
1152 trees.
1153
1154 * kernel-install now supports the --json=, --root=, --image=, and
1155 --image-policy= options for the inspect verb.
1156
1157 * kernel-install now supports new list and add-all verbs. The former
1158 lists all installed kernel images (if those are available in
1159 /usr/lib/modules/). The latter will install all the kernels it can
1160 find to the ESP.
1161
1162 systemd-repart:
1163
1164 * A new option --copy-from= has been added that synthesizes partition
1165 definitions from the given image, which are then applied by the
1166 systemd-repart algorithm.
1167
1168 * A new option --copy-source= has been added, which can be used to specify
1169 a directory to which CopyFiles= is considered relative to.
1170
1171 * New --make-ddi=confext, --make-ddi=sysext, and --make-ddi=portable
1172 options have been added to make it easier to generate these types of
1173 DDIs, without having to provide repart.d definitions for them.
1174
1175 * The dm-verity salt and UUID will now be derived from the specified
1176 seed value.
1177
1178 * New VerityDataBlockSizeBytes= and VerityHashBlockSizeBytes= can now be
1179 configured in repart.d/ configuration files.
1180
1181 * A new Subvolumes= setting is now supported in repart.d/ configuration
1182 files, to indicate which directories in the target partition should be
1183 btrfs subvolumes.
1184
1185 * A new --tpm2-device-key= option can be used to lock a disk against a
1186 specific TPM2 public key. This matches the same switch the
1187 systemd-cryptenroll tool now supports (see above).
1188
1189 Journal:
1190
1191 * The journalctl --lines= parameter now accepts +N to show the oldest N
1192 entries instead of the newest.
1193
1194 * journald now ensures that sealing happens once per epoch, and sets a
1195 new compatibility flag to distinguish old journal files that were
1196 created before this change, for backward compatibility.
1197
1198 Device Management:
1199
1200 * udev will now create symlinks to loopback block devices in the
1201 /dev/disk/by-loop-ref/ directory that are based on the .lo_file_name
1202 string field selected during allocation. The systemd-dissect tool and
1203 the util-linux losetup command now supports a complementing new switch
1204 --loop-ref= for selecting the string. This means a loopback block
1205 device may now be allocated under a caller-chosen reference and can
1206 subsequently be referenced without first having to look up the block
1207 device name the caller ended up with.
1208
1209 * udev also creates symlinks to loopback block devices in the
1210 /dev/disk/by-loop-inode/ directory based on the .st_dev/st_ino fields
1211 of the inode attached to the loopback block device. This means that
1212 attaching a file to a loopback device will implicitly make a handle
1213 available to be found via that file's inode information.
1214
1215 * udevadm info gained support for JSON output via a new --json= flag, and
1216 for filtering output using the same mechanism that udevadm trigger
1217 already implements.
1218
1219 * The predictable network interface naming logic is extended to include
1220 the SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface names.
1221 This feature was intended for v254, but even though the code was
1222 merged, the part that actually enabled the feature was forgotten.
1223 It is now enabled by default and is part of the new "v255" naming
1224 scheme.
1225
1226 * A new hwdb/rules file has been added that sets the
1227 ID_NET_AUTO_LINK_LOCAL_ONLY=1 udev property on all network interfaces
1228 that should usually only be configured with link-local addressing
1229 (IPv4LL + IPv6LL), i.e. for PC-to-PC cables ("laplink") or
1230 Thunderbolt networking. systemd-networkd and NetworkManager (soon)
1231 will make use of this information to apply an appropriate network
1232 configuration by default.
1233
1234 * The ID_NET_DRIVER property on network interfaces is now set
1235 relatively early in the udev rule set so that other rules may rely on
1236 its use. This is implemented in a new "net-driver" udev built-in.
1237
1238 Network Management:
1239
1240 * The "duid-only" option for DHCPv4 client's ClientIdentifier= setting
1241 is now dropped, as it never worked, hence it should not be used by
1242 anyone.
1243
1244 * The 'prefixstable' ipv6 address generation mode now considers the SSID
1245 when generating stable addresses, so that a different stable address
1246 is used when roaming between wireless networks. If you already use
1247 'prefixstable' addresses with wireless networks, the stable address
1248 will be changed by the update.
1249
1250 * The DHCPv4 client gained a RapidCommit option, true by default, which
1251 enables RFC4039 Rapid Commit behavior to obtain a lease in a
1252 simplified 2-message exchange instead of the typical 4-message
1253 exchange, if also supported by the DHCP server.
1254
1255 * The DHCPv4 client gained new InitialCongestionWindow= and
1256 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= options for route configurations.
1257
1258 * The DHCPv4 client gained a new RequestAddress= option that allows
1259 to send a preferred IP address in the initial DHCPDISCOVER message.
1260
1261 * The DHCPv4 server and client gained support for IPv6-only mode
1262 (RFC8925).
1263
1264 * The SendHostname= and Hostname= options are now available for the
1265 DHCPv6 client, independently of the DHCPv4= option, so that these
1266 configuration values can be set independently for each client.
1267
1268 * The DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 client state can now be queried via D-Bus,
1269 including lease information.
1270
1271 * The DHCPv6 client can now be configured to use a custom DUID type.
1272
1273 * .network files gained a new IPv4ReversePathFilter= setting in the
1274 [Network] section, to control sysctl's rp_filter setting.
1275
1276 * .network files gaiend a new HopLimit= setting in the [Route] section,
1277 to configure a per-route hop limit.
1278
1279 * .network files gained a new TCPRetransmissionTimeoutSec= setting in
1280 the [Route] section, to configure a per-route TCP retransmission
1281 timeout.
1282
1283 * A new directive NFTSet= provides a method for integrating network
1284 configuration into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using
1285 this setting is that static network configuration or dynamically
1286 obtained network addresses can be used in firewall rules with the
1287 indirection of NFT set types.
1288
1289 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section supports the following new options:
1290 UsePREF64=, UseHopLimit=, UseICMP6RateLimit=, and NFTSet=.
1291
1292 * The [IPv6SendRA] section supports the following new options:
1293 RetransmitSec=, HopLimit=, HomeAgent=, HomeAgentLifetimeSec=, and
1294 HomeAgentPreference=.
1295
1296 * A new [IPv6PREF64Prefix] set of options, containing Prefix= and
1297 LifetimeSec=, has been introduced to append pref64 options in router
1298 advertisements (RFC8781).
1299
1300 * The network generator now configures the interfaces with only
1301 link-local addressing if "ip=link-local" is specified on the kernel
1302 command line.
1303
1304 * The prefix of the configuration files generated by the network
1305 generator from the kernel command line is now prefixed with '70-',
1306 to make them have higher precedence over the default configuration
1307 files.
1308
1309 * Added a new -Ddefault-network=BOOL meson option, that causes more
1310 .network files to be installed as enabled by default. These configuration
1311 files will which match generic setups, e.g. 89-ethernet.network matches
1312 all Ethernet interfaces and enables both DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 clients.
1313
1314 * If a ID_NET_MANAGED_BY= udev property is set on a network device and
1315 it is any other string than "io.systemd.Network" then networkd will
1316 not manage this device. This may be used to allow multiple network
1317 management services to run in parallel and assign ownership of
1318 specific devices explicitly. NetworkManager will soon implement a
1319 similar logic.
1320
1321 systemctl:
1322
1323 * systemctl is-failed now checks the system state if no unit is
1324 specified.
1325
1326 * systemctl will now automatically soft-reboot if a new root file system
1327 is found under /run/nextroot/ when a reboot operation is invoked.
1328
1329 Login management:
1330
1331 * Wall messages now work even when utmp support is disabled, using
1332 systemd-logind to query the necessary information.
1333
1334 * systemd-logind now sends a new PrepareForShutdownWithMetadata D-Bus
1335 signal before shutdown/reboot/soft-reboot that includes additional
1336 information compared to the PrepareForShutdown signal. Currently the
1337 additional information is the type of operation that is about to be
1338 executed.
1339
1340 Hibernation & Suspend:
1341
1342 * The kernel and OS versions will no longer be checked on resume from
1343 hibernation.
1344
1345 * Hibernation into swap files backed by btrfs are now
1346 supported. (Previously this was supported only for other file
1347 systems.)
1348
1349 Other:
1350
1351 * A new systemd-vmspawn tool has been added, that aims to provide for VMs
1352 the same interfaces and functionality that systemd-nspawn provides for
1353 containers. For now it supports QEMU as a backend, and exposes some of
1354 its options to the user. This component is experimental and its public
1355 interface is subject to change.
1356
1357 * "systemd-analyze plot" has gained tooltips on each unit name with
1358 related-unit information in its svg output, such as Before=,
1359 Requires=, and similar properties.
1360
1361 * A new varlinkctl tool has been added to allow interfacing with
1362 Varlink services, and introspection has been added to all such
1363 services. This component is experimental and its public interface is
1364 subject to change.
1365
1366 * systemd-sysext and systemd-confext now expose a Varlink service
1367 at io.systemd.sysext.
1368
1369 * portable services now accept confexts as extensions.
1370
1371 * systemd-sysupdate now accepts directories in the MatchPattern= option.
1372
1373 * systemd-run will now output the invocation ID of the launched
1374 transient unit and its peak memory usage.
1375
1376 * systemd-analyze, systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-sysusers, systemd-sysctl,
1377 and systemd-binfmt gained a new --tldr option that can be used instead
1378 of --cat-config to suppress uninteresting configuration lines, such as
1379 comments and whitespace.
1380
1381 * resolvectl gained a new "show-server-state" command that shows
1382 current statistics of the resolver. This is backed by a new
1383 DumpStatistics() Varlink method provided by systemd-resolved.
1384
1385 * systemd-timesyncd will now emit a D-Bus signal when the LinkNTPServers
1386 property changes.
1387
1388 * vconsole now supports KEYMAP=@kernel for preserving the kernel keymap
1389 as-is.
1390
1391 * seccomp now supports the LoongArch64 architecture.
1392
1393 * seccomp may now be enabled for services running as a non-root User=
1394 without NoNewPrivileges=yes.
1395
1396 * systemd-id128 now supports a new -P option to show only values. The
1397 combination of -P and --app options is also supported.
1398
1399 * A new pam_systemd_loadkey.so PAM module is now available, which will
1400 automatically fetch the passphrase used by cryptsetup to unlock the
1401 root file system and set it as the PAM authtok. This enables, among
1402 other things, configuring auto-unlock of the GNOME Keyring / KDE
1403 Wallet when autologin is configured.
1404
1405 * Many meson options now use the 'feature' type, which means they
1406 take enabled/disabled/auto as values.
1407
1408 * A new meson option -Dconfigfiledir= can be used to change where
1409 configuration files with default values are installed to.
1410
1411 * Options and verbs in man pages are now tagged with the version they
1412 were first introduced in.
1413
1414 * A new component "systemd-storagetm" has been added, which exposes all
1415 local block devices as NVMe-TCP devices, fully automatically. It's
1416 hooked into a new target unit storage-target-mode.target that is
1417 suppsoed to be booted into via
1418 rd.systemd.unit=storage-target-mode.target on the kernel command
1419 line. This is intended to be used for installers and debugging to
1420 quickly get access to the local disk. It's inspired by MacOS "target
1421 disk mode". This component is experimental and its public interface is
1422 subject to change.
1423
1424 * A new component "systemd-bsod" has been added, which can show logged
1425 error messages full screen, if they have a log level of LOG_EMERG log
1426 level. This component is experimental and its public interface is
1427 subject to change.
1428
1429 * The systemd-dissect tool's --with command will now set the
1430 $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_DEVICE environment variable to the block device it
1431 operates on for the invoked process.
1432
1433 * The systemd-mount tool gained a new --tmpfs switch for mounting a new
1434 'tmpfs' instance. This is useful since it does so via .mount units
1435 and thus can be executed remotely or in containers.
1436
1437 * The various tools in systemd that take "verbs" (such as systemctl,
1438 loginctl, machinectl, …) now will suggest a close verb name in case
1439 the user specified an unrecognized one.
1440
1441 * libsystemd now exports a new function sd_id128_get_app_specific()
1442 that generates "app-specific" 128bit IDs from any ID. It's similar to
1443 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() and
1444 sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific() but takes the ID to base calculation
1445 on as input. This new functionality is also exposed in the
1446 "systemd-id128" tool where you can now combine --app= with `show`.
1447
1448 * All tools that parse timestamps now can also parse RFC3339 style
1449 timestamps that include the "T" and Z" characters.
1450
1451 * New documentation has been added:
1452
1453 https://systemd.io/FILE_DESCRIPTOR_STORE
1454 https://systemd.io/TPM2_PCR_MEASUREMENTS
1455 https://systemd.io/MOUNT_REQUIREMENTS
1456
1457 * The codebase now recognizes the suffix .confext.raw and .sysext.raw
1458 as alternative to the .raw suffix generally accepted for DDIs. It is
1459 recommended to name configuration extensions and system extensions
1460 with such suffixes, to indicate their purpose in the name.
1461
1462 * The sd-device API gained a new function
1463 sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property_required() which allows
1464 configuring matches on properties that are strictly required. This is
1465 different from the existing sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property()
1466 matches of which one one needs to apply.
1467
1468 * The MAC address the veth side of an nspawn container shall get
1469 assigned may now be controlled via the $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_NETWORK_MAC
1470 environment variable.
1471
1472 * The libiptc dependency is now implemented via dlopen(), so that tools
1473 such as networkd and nspawn no longer have a hard dependency on the
1474 shared library when compiled with support for libiptc.
1475
1476 * New rpm macros have been added: %systemd_user_daemon_reexec does
1477 daemon-reexec for all user managers, and %systemd_postun_with_reload
1478 and %systemd_user_postun_with_reload do a reload for system and user
1479 units on upgrades.
1480
1481 * coredumpctl now propagates SIGTERM to the debugger process.
1482
1483 Contributions from: 김인수, Abderrahim Kitouni, Adam Goldman,
1484 Adam Williamson, Alexandre Peixoto Ferreira, Alex Hudspith,
1485 Alvin Alvarado, André Paiusco, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1486 Anton Lundin, Arian van Putten, Arseny Maslennikov, Arthur Shau,
1487 Balázs Úr, beh_10257, Benjamin Peterson, Bertrand Jacquin,
1488 Brian Norris, Charles Lee, Cheng-Chia Tseng, Chris Patterson,
1489 Christian Hergert, Christian Hesse, Christian Kirbach,
1490 Clayton Craft, commondservice, cunshunxia, Curtis Klein, cvlc12,
1491 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek,
1492 Daniel Thompson, Dan Nicholson, Dan Streetman, David Rheinsberg,
1493 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
1494 Diego Viola, Dmitry V. Levin, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito,
1495 Emil Renner Berthing, Emil Velikov, Etienne Dechamps, Fabian Vogt,
1496 felixdoerre, Felix Dörre, Florian Schmaus, Franck Bui,
1497 Frantisek Sumsal, G2-Games, Gioele Barabucci, Hugo Carvalho,
1498 huyubiao, Iago López Galeiras, IllusionMan1212, Jade Lovelace,
1499 janana, Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jeremy Fleischman,
1500 Jin Liu, jjimbo137, Joerg Behrmann, Johannes Segitz, Jordan Rome,
1501 Jordan Williams, Julien Malka, Juno Computers, Khem Raj, khm,
1502 Kingbom Dou, Kiran Vemula, Krzesimir Nowak, Laszlo Gombos,
1503 Lennart Poettering, linuxlion, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Adriano Salles,
1504 Lukas, Lukáš Nykrýn, Maanya Goenka, Maarten, Malte Poll,
1505 Marc Pervaz Boocha, Martin Beneš, Martin Joerg, Martin Wilck,
1506 Mathieu Tortuyaux, Matthias Schiffer, Maxim Mikityanskiy,
1507 Max Kellermann, Michael A Cassaniti, Michael Biebl, Michael Kuhn,
1508 Michael Vasseur, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan,
1509 Milton D. Miller II, mordner, msizanoen, NAHO, Nandakumar Raghavan,
1510 Neil Wilson, Nick Rosbrook, Nils K, NRK, Oğuz Ersen,
1511 Omojola Joshua, onenowy, Paul Meyer, Paymon MARANDI, pelaufer,
1512 Peter Hutterer, PhylLu, Pierre GRASSER, Piotr Drąg, Priit Laes,
1513 Rahil Bhimjiani, Raito Bezarius, Raul Cheleguini, Reto Schneider,
1514 Richard Maw, Robby Red, RoepLuke, Roland Hieber, Roland Singer,
1515 Ronan Pigott, Sam James, Sam Leonard, Sergey A, Susant Sahani,
1516 Sven Joachim, Tad Fisher, Takashi Sakamoto, Thorsten Kukuk, Tj,
1517 Tomasz Świątek, Topi Miettinen, Valentin David,
1518 Valentin Lefebvre, Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Haupert,
1519 Vishal Chillara Srinivas, Vito Caputo, Warren, Weblate,
1520 Xiaotian Wu, xinpeng wang, Yaron Shahrabani, Yo-Jung Lin,
1521 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zeroskyx,
1522 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1523
1524 — Edinburgh, 2023-12-06
1525
1526 CHANGES WITH 254:
1527
1528 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
1529
1530 * The next release (v255) will remove support for split-usr (/usr/
1531 mounted separately during late boot, instead of being mounted by the
1532 initrd before switching to the rootfs) and unmerged-usr (parallel
1533 directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and /usr/lib/, …). For more
1534 details, see:
1535 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
1536
1537 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
1538 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
1539 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
1540 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
1541 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
1542 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
1543
1544 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
1545 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
1546 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
1547 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
1548
1549 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
1550 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
1551 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
1552 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
1553 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
1554 user feedback.
1555
1556 * EnvironmentFile= now treats the line following a comment line
1557 trailing with escape as a non comment line. For details, see:
1558 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/issues/27975
1559
1560 * PrivateNetwork=yes and NetworkNamespacePath= now imply
1561 PrivateMounts=yes unless PrivateMounts=no is explicitly specified.
1562
1563 * Behaviour of sandboxing options for the per-user service manager
1564 units has changed. They now imply PrivateUsers=yes, which means user
1565 namespaces will be implicitly enabled when a sandboxing option is
1566 enabled in a user unit. Enabling user namespaces has the drawback
1567 that system users will no longer be visible (and processes/files will
1568 appear as owned by 'nobody') in the user unit.
1569
1570 By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
1571 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great
1572 source of confusion that has been reported by users over the years,
1573 due to how these options require an extra setting to be manually
1574 enabled when used in the per-user service manager, which is not
1575 needed in the system service manager. For more details, see:
1576 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
1577
1578 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
1579 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
1580 release to be enabled by default.
1581
1582 Security Relevant Changes:
1583
1584 * pam_systemd will now by default pass the CAP_WAKE_ALARM ambient
1585 process capability to invoked session processes of regular users on
1586 local seats (as well as to systemd --user), unless configured
1587 otherwise via data from JSON user records, or via the PAM module's
1588 parameter list. This is useful in order allow desktop tools such as
1589 GNOME's Alarm Clock application to set a timer for
1590 CLOCK_REALTIME_ALARM that wakes up the system when it elapses. A
1591 per-user service unit file may thus use AmbientCapability= to pass
1592 the capability to invoked processes. Note that this capability is
1593 relatively narrow in focus (in particular compared to other process
1594 capabilities such as CAP_SYS_ADMIN) and we already — by default —
1595 permit more impactful operations such as system suspend to local
1596 users.
1597
1598 Service Manager:
1599
1600 * Memory limits that apply while the unit is activating are now
1601 supported. Previously IO and CPU settings were already supported via
1602 StartupCPUWeight= and similar. The same logic has been added for the
1603 various manager and unit memory settings (DefaultStartupMemoryLow=,
1604 StartupMemoryLow=, StartupMemoryHigh=, StartupMemoryMax=,
1605 StartupMemorySwapMax=, StartupMemoryZSwapMax=).
1606
1607 * The service manager gained support for enqueuing POSIX signals to
1608 services that carry an additional integer value, exposing the
1609 sigqueue() system call. This is accessible via new D-Bus calls
1610 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.QueueSignalUnit() and
1611 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Unit.QueueSignal(), as well as in systemctl
1612 via the new --kill-value= option.
1613
1614 * systemctl gained a new "list-paths" verb, which shows all currently
1615 active .path units, similarly to how "systemctl list-timers" shows
1616 active timers, and "systemctl list-sockets" shows active sockets.
1617
1618 * systemctl gained a new --when= switch which is honoured by the various
1619 forms of shutdown (i.e. reboot, kexec, poweroff, halt) and allows
1620 scheduling these operations by time, similar in fashion to how this
1621 has been supported by SysV shutdown.
1622
1623 * If MemoryDenyWriteExecute= is enabled for a service and the kernel
1624 supports the new PR_SET_MDWE prctl() call, it is used instead of the
1625 seccomp()-based system call filter to achieve the same effect.
1626
1627 * A new set of kernel command line options is now understood:
1628 systemd.tty.term.<name>=, systemd.tty.rows.<name>=,
1629 systemd.tty.columns.<name>= allow configuring the TTY type and
1630 dimensions for the tty specified via <name>. When systemd invokes a
1631 service on a tty (via TTYName=) it will look for these and configure
1632 the TTY accordingly. This is particularly useful in VM environments
1633 to propagate host terminal settings into the appropriate TTYs of the
1634 guest.
1635
1636 * A new RootEphemeral= setting is now understood in service units. It
1637 takes a boolean argument. If enabled for services that use RootImage=
1638 or RootDirectory= an ephemeral copy of the disk image or directory
1639 tree is made when the service is started. It is removed automatically
1640 when the service is stopped. That ephemeral copy is made using
1641 btrfs/xfs reflinks or btrfs snapshots, if available.
1642
1643 * The service activation logic gained new settings RestartSteps= and
1644 RestartMaxDelaySec= which allow exponentially-growing restart
1645 intervals for Restart=.
1646
1647 * The service activation logic gained a new setting RestartMode= which
1648 can be set to 'direct' to skip the inactive/failed states when
1649 restarting, so that dependent units are not notified until the service
1650 converges to a final (successful or failed) state. For example, this
1651 means that OnSuccess=/OnFailure= units will not be triggered until the
1652 service state has converged.
1653
1654 * PID 1 will now automatically load the virtio_console kernel module
1655 during early initialization if running in a suitable VM. This is done
1656 so that early-boot logging can be written to the console if available.
1657
1658 * Similarly, virtio-vsock support is loaded early in suitable VM
1659 environments. PID 1 will send sd_notify() notifications via AF_VSOCK
1660 to the VMM if configured, thus loading this early is beneficial.
1661
1662 * A new verb "fdstore" has been added to systemd-analyze to show the
1663 current contents of the file descriptor store of a unit. This is
1664 backed by a new D-Bus call DumpUnitFileDescriptorStore() provided by
1665 the service manager.
1666
1667 * The service manager will now set a new $FDSTORE environment variable
1668 when invoking processes for services that have the file descriptor
1669 store enabled.
1670
1671 * A new service option FileDescriptorStorePreserve= has been added that
1672 allows tuning the lifecycle of the per-service file descriptor store.
1673 If set to "yes", the entries in the fd store are retained even after
1674 the service has been fully stopped.
1675
1676 * The "systemctl clean" command may now be used to clear the fdstore of
1677 a service.
1678
1679 * Unit *.preset files gained a new directive "ignore", in addition to
1680 the existing "enable" and "disable". As the name suggests, matching
1681 units are left unchanged, i.e. neither enabled nor disabled.
1682
1683 * Service units gained a new setting DelegateSubgroup=. It takes the
1684 name of a sub-cgroup to place any processes the service manager forks
1685 off in. Previously, the service manager would place all service
1686 processes directly in the top-level cgroup it created for the
1687 service. This usually meant that main process in a service with
1688 delegation enabled would first have to create a subgroup and move
1689 itself down into it, in order to not conflict with the "no processes
1690 in inner cgroups" rule of cgroup v2. With this option, this step is
1691 now handled by PID 1.
1692
1693 * The service manager will now look for .upholds/ directories,
1694 similarly to the existing support for .wants/ and .requires/
1695 directories. Symlinks in this directory result in Upholds=
1696 dependencies.
1697
1698 The [Install] section of unit files gained support for a new
1699 UpheldBy= directive to generate .upholds/ symlinks automatically when
1700 a unit is enabled.
1701
1702 * The service manager now supports a new kernel command line option
1703 systemd.default_device_timeout_sec=, which may be used to override
1704 the default timeout for .device units.
1705
1706 * A new "soft-reboot" mechanism has been added to the service manager.
1707 A "soft reboot" is similar to a regular reboot, except that it
1708 affects userspace only: the service manager shuts down any running
1709 services and other units, then optionally switches into a new root
1710 file system (mounted to /run/nextroot/), and then passes control to a
1711 systemd instance in the new file system which then starts the system
1712 up again. The kernel is not rebooted and neither is the hardware,
1713 firmware or boot loader. This provides a fast, lightweight mechanism
1714 to quickly reset or update userspace, without the latency that a full
1715 system reset involves. Moreover, open file descriptors may be passed
1716 across the soft reboot into the new system where they will be passed
1717 back to the originating services. This allows pinning resources
1718 across the reboot, thus minimizing grey-out time further. This new
1719 reboot mechanism is accessible via the new "systemctl soft-reboot"
1720 command.
1721
1722 * Services using RootDirectory= or RootImage= will now have read-only
1723 access to a copy of the host's os-release file under
1724 /run/host/os-release, which will be kept up-to-date on 'soft-reboot'.
1725 This was already the case for Portable Services, and the feature has
1726 now been extended to all services that do not run off the host's
1727 root filesystem.
1728
1729 * A new service setting MemoryKSM= has been added to enable kernel
1730 same-page merging individually for services.
1731
1732 * A new service setting ImportCredentials= has been added that augments
1733 LoadCredential= and LoadCredentialEncrypted= and searches for
1734 credentials to import from the system, and supports globbing.
1735
1736 * A new job mode "restart-dependencies" has been added to the service
1737 manager (exposed via systemctl --job-mode=). It is only valid when
1738 used with "start" jobs, and has the effect that the "start" job will
1739 be propagated as "restart" jobs to currently running units that have
1740 a BindsTo= or Requires= dependency on the started unit.
1741
1742 * A new verb "whoami" has been added to "systemctl" which determines as
1743 part of which unit the command is being invoked. It writes the unit
1744 name to standard output. If one or more PIDs are specified reports
1745 the unit names the processes referenced by the PIDs belong to.
1746
1747 * The system and service credential logic has been improved: there's
1748 now a clearly defined place where system provisioning tools running
1749 in the initrd can place credentials that will be imported into the
1750 system's set of credentials during the initrd → host transition: the
1751 /run/credentials/@initrd/ directory. Once the credentials placed
1752 there are imported into the system credential set they are deleted
1753 from this directory, and the directory itself is deleted afterwards
1754 too.
1755
1756 * A new kernel command line option systemd.set_credential_binary= has
1757 been added, that is similar to the pre-existing
1758 systemd.set_credential= but accepts arbitrary binary credential data,
1759 encoded in Base64. Note that the kernel command line is not a
1760 recommend way to transfer credentials into a system, since it is
1761 world-readable from userspace.
1762
1763 * The default machine ID to use may now be configured via the
1764 system.machine_id system credential. It will only be used if no
1765 machine ID was set yet on the host.
1766
1767 * On Linux kernel 6.4 and newer system and service credentials will now
1768 be placed in a tmpfs instance that has the "noswap" mount option
1769 set. Previously, a "ramfs" instance was used. By switching to tmpfs
1770 ACL support and overall size limits can now be enforced, without
1771 compromising on security, as the memory is never paged out either
1772 way.
1773
1774 * The service manager now can detect when it is running in a
1775 'Confidential Virtual Machine', and a corresponding 'cvm' value is now
1776 accepted by ConditionSecurity= for units that want to conditionalize
1777 themselves on this. systemd-detect-virt gained new 'cvm' and
1778 '--list-cvm' switches to respectively perform the detection or list
1779 all known flavours of confidential VM, depending on the vendor. The
1780 manager will publish a 'ConfidentialVirtualization' D-Bus property,
1781 and will also set a SYSTEMD_CONFIDENTIAL_VIRTUALIZATION= environment
1782 variable for unit generators. Finally, udev rules can match on a new
1783 'cvm' key that will be set when in a confidential VM.
1784 Additionally, when running in a 'Confidential Virtual Machine', SMBIOS
1785 strings and QEMU's fw_cfg protocol will not be used to import
1786 credentials and kernel command line parameters by the system manager,
1787 systemd-boot and systemd-stub, because the hypervisor is considered
1788 untrusted in this particular setting.
1789
1790 Journal:
1791
1792 * The sd-journal API gained a new call sd_journal_get_seqnum() to
1793 retrieve the current log record's sequence number and sequence number
1794 ID, which allows applications to order records the same way as
1795 journal does internally. The sequence number is now also exported in
1796 the JSON and "export" output of the journal.
1797
1798 * journalctl gained a new switch --truncate-newline. If specified
1799 multi-line log records will be truncated at the first newline,
1800 i.e. only the first line of each log message will be shown.
1801
1802 * systemd-journal-upload gained support for --namespace=, similar to
1803 the switch of the same name of journalctl.
1804
1805 systemd-repart:
1806
1807 * systemd-repart's drop-in files gained a new ExcludeFiles= option which
1808 may be used to exclude certain files from the effect of CopyFiles=.
1809
1810 * systemd-repart's Verity support now implements the Minimize= setting
1811 to minimize the size of the resulting partition.
1812
1813 * systemd-repart gained a new --offline= switch, which may be used to
1814 control whether images shall be built "online" or "offline",
1815 i.e. whether to make use of kernel facilities such as loopback block
1816 devices and device mapper or not.
1817
1818 * If systemd-repart is told to populate a newly created ESP or XBOOTLDR
1819 partition with some files, it will now default to VFAT rather than
1820 ext4.
1821
1822 * systemd-repart gained a new --architecture= switch. If specified, the
1823 per-architecture GPT partition types (i.e. the root and /usr/
1824 partitions) configured in the partition drop-in files are
1825 automatically adjusted to match the specified CPU architecture, in
1826 order to simplify cross-architecture DDI building.
1827
1828 * systemd-repart will now default to a minimum size of 300MB for XFS
1829 filesystems if no size parameter is specified. This matches what the
1830 XFS tools (xfsprogs) can support.
1831
1832 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
1833
1834 * gnu-efi is no longer required to build systemd-boot and systemd-stub.
1835 Instead, pyelftools is now needed, and it will be used to perform the
1836 ELF -> PE relocations at build time.
1837
1838 * bootctl gained a new switch --print-root-device/-R that prints the
1839 block device the root file system is backed by. If specified twice,
1840 it returns the whole disk block device (as opposed to partition block
1841 device) the root file system is on. It's useful for invocations such
1842 as "cfdisk $(bootctl -RR)" to quickly show the partition table of the
1843 running OS.
1844
1845 * systemd-stub will now look for the SMBIOS Type 1 field
1846 "io.systemd.stub.kernel-cmdline-extra" and append its value to the
1847 kernel command line it invokes. This is useful for VMMs such as qemu
1848 to pass additional kernel command lines into the system even when
1849 booting via full UEFI. The contents of the field are measured into
1850 TPM PCR 12.
1851
1852 * The KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= setting for kernel-install gained a new
1853 value "auto". With this value, a kernel will be automatically
1854 analyzed, and if it qualifies as UKI, it will be installed as if the
1855 setting was to set to "uki", otherwise as "bls".
1856
1857 * systemd-stub can now optionally load UEFI PE "add-on" images that may
1858 contain additional kernel command line information. These "add-ons"
1859 superficially look like a regular UEFI executable, and are expected
1860 to be signed via SecureBoot/shim. However, they do not actually
1861 contain code, but instead a subset of the PE sections that UKIs
1862 support. They are supposed to provide a way to extend UKIs with
1863 additional resources in a secure and authenticated way. Currently,
1864 only the .cmdline PE section may be used in add-ons, in which case
1865 any specified string is appended to the command line embedded into
1866 the UKI itself. A new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub' is now provided that
1867 can be used to trivially create addons, via 'ukify' or 'objcopy'. In
1868 the future we expect other sections to be made extensible like this as
1869 well.
1870
1871 * ukify has been updated to allow building these UEFI PE "add-on"
1872 images, using the new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub'.
1873
1874 * ukify now accepts SBAT information to place in the .sbat PE section
1875 of UKIs and addons. If a UKI is built the SBAT information from the
1876 inner kernel is merged with any SBAT information associated with
1877 systemd-stub and the SBAT data specified on the ukify command line.
1878
1879 * The kernel-install script has been rewritten in C, and reuses much of
1880 the infrastructure of existing tools such as bootctl. It also gained
1881 --esp-path= and --boot-path= options to override the path to the ESP,
1882 and the $BOOT partition. Options --make-entry-directory= and
1883 --entry-token= have been added as well, similar to bootctl's options
1884 of the same name.
1885
1886 * A new kernel-install plugin 60-ukify has been added which will
1887 combine kernel/initrd locally into a UKI and optionally sign them
1888 with a local key. This may be used to switch to UKI mode even on
1889 systems where a local kernel or initrd is used. (Typically UKIs are
1890 built and signed by the vendor.)
1891
1892 * The ukify tool now supports "pesign" in addition to the pre-existing
1893 "sbsign" for signing UKIs.
1894
1895 * systemd-measure and systemd-stub now look for the .uname PE section
1896 that should contain the kernel's "uname -r" string.
1897
1898 * systemd-measure and ukify now calculate expected PCR hashes for a UKI
1899 "offline", i.e. without access to a TPM (physical or
1900 software-emulated).
1901
1902 Memory Pressure & Control:
1903
1904 * The sd-event API gained new calls sd_event_add_memory_pressure(),
1905 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_type(),
1906 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_period() to create and configure
1907 an event source that is called whenever the OS signals memory
1908 pressure. Another call sd_event_trim_memory() is provided that
1909 compacts the process' memory use by releasing allocated but unused
1910 malloc() memory back to the kernel. Services can also provide their
1911 own custom callback to do memory trimming. This should improve system
1912 behaviour under memory pressure, as on Linux traditionally provided
1913 no mechanism to return process memory back to the kernel if the
1914 kernel was under memory pressure. This makes use of the kernel's PSI
1915 interface. Most long-running services in systemd have been hooked up
1916 with this, and in particular systems with low memory should benefit
1917 from this.
1918
1919 * Service units gained new settings MemoryPressureWatch= and
1920 MemoryPressureThresholdSec= to configure the PSI memory pressure
1921 logic individually. If these options are used, the
1922 $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH and $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WRITE environment
1923 variables will be set for the invoked processes to inform them about
1924 the requested memory pressure behaviour. (This is used by the
1925 aforementioned sd-events API additions, if set.)
1926
1927 * systemd-analyze gained a new "malloc" verb that shows the output
1928 generated by glibc's malloc_info() on services that support it. Right
1929 now, only the service manager has been updated accordingly. This
1930 call requires privileges.
1931
1932 User & Session Management:
1933
1934 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_session_get_username() to
1935 return the user name of the owner of a login session. It also gained
1936 a new call sd_session_get_start_time() to retrieve the time the login
1937 session started. A new call sd_session_get_leader() has been added to
1938 return the PID of the "leader" process of a session. A new call
1939 sd_uid_get_login_time() returns the time since the specified user has
1940 most recently been continuously logged in with at least one session.
1941
1942 * JSON user records gained a new set of fields capabilityAmbientSet and
1943 capabilityBoundingSet which contain a list of POSIX capabilities to
1944 set for the logged in users in the ambient and bounding sets,
1945 respectively. homectl gained the ability to configure these two sets
1946 for users via --capability-bounding-set=/--capability-ambient-set=.
1947
1948 * pam_systemd learnt two new module options
1949 default-capability-bounding-set= and default-capability-ambient-set=,
1950 which configure the default bounding sets for users as they are
1951 logging in, if the JSON user record doesn't specify this explicitly
1952 (see above). The built-in default for the ambient set now contains
1953 the CAP_WAKE_ALARM, thus allowing regular users who may log in
1954 locally to resume from a system suspend via a timer.
1955
1956 * The Session D-Bus objects systemd-logind gained a new SetTTY() method
1957 call to update the TTY of a session after it has been allocated. This
1958 is useful for SSH sessions which are typically allocated first, and
1959 for which a TTY is added later.
1960
1961 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_pid_notifyf_with_fds() which
1962 combines the various other sd_pid_notify() flavours into one: takes a
1963 format string, an overriding PID, and a set of file descriptors to
1964 send. It also gained a new call sd_pid_notify_barrier() call which is
1965 equivalent to sd_notify_barrier() but allows the originating PID to
1966 be specified.
1967
1968 * "loginctl list-users" and "loginctl list-sessions" will now show the
1969 state of each logged in user/session in their tabular output. It will
1970 also show the current idle state of sessions.
1971
1972 DDIs:
1973
1974 * systemd-dissect will now show the intended CPU architecture of an
1975 inspected DDI.
1976
1977 * systemd-dissect will now install itself as mount helper for the "ddi"
1978 pseudo-file system type. This means you may now mount DDIs directly
1979 via /bin/mount or /etc/fstab, making full use of embedded Verity
1980 information and all other DDI features.
1981
1982 Example: mount -t ddi myimage.raw /some/where
1983
1984 * The systemd-dissect tool gained the new switches --attach/--detach to
1985 attach/detach a DDI to a loopback block device without mounting it.
1986 It will automatically derive the right sector size from the image
1987 and set up Verity and similar, but not mount the file systems in it.
1988
1989 * When systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the DDI mounting logic mount an
1990 ESP or XBOOTLDR partition the MS_NOSYMFOLLOW mount option is now
1991 implied. Given that these file systems are typically untrusted, this
1992 should make mounting them automatically have less of a security
1993 impact.
1994
1995 * All tools that parse DDIs (such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-dissect,
1996 systemd-tmpfiles, …) now understand a new switch --image-policy= which
1997 takes a string encoding image dissection policy. With this mechanism
1998 automatic discovery and use of specific partition types and the
1999 cryptographic requirements on the partitions (Verity, LUKS, …) can be
2000 restricted, permitting better control of the exposed attack surfaces
2001 when mounting disk images. systemd-gpt-auto-generator will honour such
2002 an image policy too, configurable via the systemd.image_policy= kernel
2003 command line option. Unit files gained the RootImagePolicy=,
2004 MountImagePolicy= and ExtensionImagePolicy= to configure the same for
2005 disk images a service runs off.
2006
2007 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "image-policy" to validate and
2008 parse image policy strings.
2009
2010 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --validate switch to
2011 superficially validate DDI structure, and check whether a specific
2012 image policy allows the DDI.
2013
2014 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --mtree-hash switch to
2015 optionally disable calculating mtree hashes, which can be slow on
2016 large images.
2017
2018 * systemd-dissect --copy-to, --copy-from, --list and --mtree switches
2019 are now able to operate on directories too, other than images.
2020
2021 Network Management:
2022
2023 * networkd's GENEVE support as gained a new .network option
2024 InheritInnerProtocol=.
2025
2026 * The [Tunnel] section in .netdev files has gained a new setting
2027 IgnoreDontFragment for controlling the IPv4 "DF" flag of datagrams.
2028
2029 * A new global IPv6PrivacyExtensions= setting has been added that
2030 selects the default value of the per-network setting of the same
2031 name.
2032
2033 * The predictable network interface naming logic was extended to
2034 include SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface
2035 names. Unfortunately, this feature was not enabled by default and can
2036 only be enabled at compilation time by setting
2037 -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme=v254.
2038
2039 * The DHCPv4 + DHCPv6 + IPv6 RA logic in networkd gained support for
2040 the RFC8910 captive portal option.
2041
2042 Device Management:
2043
2044 * udevadm gained the new "verify" verb for validating udev rules files
2045 offline.
2046
2047 * udev gained a new tool "iocost" that can be used to configure QoS IO
2048 cost data based on hwdb information onto suitable block devices. Also
2049 see https://github.com/iocost-benchmark/iocost-benchmarks.
2050
2051 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
2052
2053 * systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup will now install a TPM2 SRK
2054 ("Storage Root Key") as first step in the TPM2, and then use that
2055 for binding FDE to, if TPM2 support is used. This matches
2056 recommendations of TCG (see
2057 https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/wp-content/uploads/TCG-TPM-v2.0-Provisioning-Guidance-Published-v1r1.pdf)
2058
2059 * systemd-cryptenroll and other tools that take TPM2 PCR parameters now
2060 understand textual identifiers for these PCRs.
2061
2062 * systemd-veritysetup + /etc/veritytab gained support for a series of
2063 new options: hash-offset=, superblock=, format=, data-block-size=,
2064 hash-block-size=, data-blocks=, salt=, uuid=, hash=, fec-device=,
2065 fec-offset=, fec-roots= to configure various aspects of a Verity
2066 volume.
2067
2068 * systemd-cryptsetup + /etc/crypttab gained support for a new
2069 veracrypt-pim= option for setting the Personal Iteration Multiplier
2070 of veracrypt volumes.
2071
2072 * systemd-integritysetup + /etc/integritytab gained support for a new
2073 mode= setting for controlling the dm-integrity mode (journal, bitmap,
2074 direct) for the volume.
2075
2076 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "pcrs" that shows the known TPM PCR
2077 registers, their symbolic names and current values.
2078
2079 systemd-tmpfiles:
2080
2081 * The ACL support in tmpfiles.d/ has been updated: if an uppercase "X"
2082 access right is specified this is equivalent to "x" but only if the
2083 inode in question already has the executable bit set for at least
2084 some user/group. Otherwise the "x" bit will be turned off.
2085
2086 * tmpfiles.d/'s C line type now understands a new modifier "+": a line
2087 with C+ will result in a "merge" copy, i.e. all files of the source
2088 tree are copied into the target tree, even if that tree already
2089 exists, resulting in a combined tree of files already present in the
2090 target tree and those copied in.
2091
2092 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --graceful switch. If specified lines
2093 with unknown users/groups will silently be skipped.
2094
2095 systemd-notify:
2096
2097 * systemd-notify gained two new options --fd= and --fdname= for sending
2098 arbitrary file descriptors to the service manager (while specifying an
2099 explicit name for it).
2100
2101 * systemd-notify gained a new --exec switch, which makes it execute the
2102 specified command line after sending the requested messages. This is
2103 useful for sending out READY=1 first, and then continuing invocation
2104 without changing process ID, so that the tool can be nicely used
2105 within an ExecStart= line of a unit file that uses Type=notify.
2106
2107 sd-event + sd-bus APIs:
2108
2109 * The sd-event API gained a new call sd_event_source_leave_ratelimit()
2110 which may be used to explicitly end a rate-limit state an event
2111 source might be in, resetting all rate limiting counters.
2112
2113 * When the sd-bus library is used to make connections to AF_UNIX D-Bus
2114 sockets, it will now encode the "description" set via
2115 sd_bus_set_description() into the source socket address. It will also
2116 look for this information when accepting a connection. This is useful
2117 to track individual D-Bus connections on a D-Bus broker for debug
2118 purposes.
2119
2120 systemd-resolved:
2121
2122 * systemd-resolved gained a new resolved.conf setting
2123 StateRetentionSec= which may be used to retain cached DNS records
2124 even after their nominal TTL, and use them in case upstream DNS
2125 servers cannot be reached. This can be used to make name resolution
2126 more resilient in case of network problems.
2127
2128 * resolvectl gained a new verb "show-cache" to show the current cache
2129 contents of systemd-resolved. This verb communicates with the
2130 systemd-resolved daemon and requires privileges.
2131
2132 Other:
2133
2134 * Meson >= 0.60.0 is now required to build systemd.
2135
2136 * The default keymap to apply may now be chosen at build-time via the
2137 new -Ddefault-keymap= meson option.
2138
2139 * Most of systemd's long-running services now have a generic handler of
2140 the SIGRTMIN+18 signal handler which executes various operations
2141 depending on the sigqueue() parameter sent along. For example, values
2142 0x100…0x107 allow changing the maximum log level of such
2143 services. 0x200…0x203 allow changing the log target of such
2144 services. 0x300 make the services trim their memory similarly to the
2145 automatic PSI-triggered action, see above. 0x301 make the services
2146 output their malloc_info() data to the logs.
2147
2148 * machinectl gained new "edit" and "cat" verbs for editing .nspawn
2149 files, inspired by systemctl's verbs of the same name which edit unit
2150 files. Similarly, networkctl gained the same verbs for editing
2151 .network, .netdev, .link files.
2152
2153 * A new syscall filter group "@sandbox" has been added that contains
2154 syscalls for sandboxing system calls such as those for seccomp and
2155 Landlock.
2156
2157 * New documentation has been added:
2158
2159 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP
2160 https://systemd.io/MEMORY_PRESSURE
2161 smbios-type-11(7)
2162
2163 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --reset option. If specified, the
2164 settings in /etc/ it knows how to initialize are reset.
2165
2166 * systemd-sysext is now a multi-call binary and is also installed under
2167 the systemd-confext alias name (via a symlink). When invoked that way
2168 it will operate on /etc/ instead of /usr/ + /opt/. It thus becomes a
2169 powerful, atomic, secure configuration management of sorts, that
2170 locally can merge configuration from multiple confext configuration
2171 images into a single immutable tree.
2172
2173 * The --network-macvlan=, --network-ipvlan=, --network-interface=
2174 switches of systemd-nspawn may now optionally take the intended
2175 network interface inside the container.
2176
2177 * All our programs will now send an sd_notify() message with their exit
2178 status in the EXIT_STATUS= field when exiting, using the usual
2179 protocol, including PID 1. This is useful for VMMs and container
2180 managers to collect an exit status from a system as it shuts down, as
2181 set via "systemctl exit …". This is particularly useful in test cases
2182 and similar, as invocations via a VM can now nicely propagate an exit
2183 status to the host, similar to local processes.
2184
2185 * systemd-run gained a new switch --expand-environment=no to disable
2186 server-side environment variable expansion in specified command
2187 lines. Expansion defaults to enabled for all execution types except
2188 --scope, where it defaults to off (and prints a warning) for backward
2189 compatibility reasons. --scope will be flipped to enabled by default
2190 too in a future release. If you are using --scope and passing a '$'
2191 character in the payload you should start explicitly using
2192 --expand-environment=yes/no according to the use case.
2193
2194 * The systemd-system-update-generator has been updated to also look for
2195 the special flag file /etc/system-update in addition to the existing
2196 support for /system-update to decide whether to enter system update
2197 mode.
2198
2199 * The /dev/hugepages/ file system is now mounted with nosuid + nodev
2200 mount options by default.
2201
2202 * systemd-fstab-generator now understands two new kernel command line
2203 options systemd.mount-extra= and systemd.swap-extra=, which configure
2204 additional mounts or swaps in a format similar to /etc/fstab. 'fsck'
2205 will be ran on these block devices, like it already happens for
2206 'root='. It also now supports the new fstab.extra and
2207 fstab.extra.initrd credentials that may contain additional /etc/fstab
2208 lines to apply at boot.
2209
2210 * systemd-getty-generator now understands two new credentials
2211 getty.ttys.container and getty.ttys.serial. These credentials may
2212 contain a list of TTY devices – one per line – to instantiate
2213 container-getty@.service and serial-getty@.service on.
2214
2215 * The getty/serial-getty/container-getty units now import the 'agetty.*'
2216 and 'login.*' credentials, which are consumed by the 'login' and
2217 'agetty' programs starting from util-linux v2.40.
2218
2219 * systemd-sysupdate's sysupdate.d/ drop-ins gained a new setting
2220 PathRelativeTo=, which can be set to "esp", "xbootldr", "boot", in
2221 which case the Path= setting is taken relative to the ESP or XBOOTLDR
2222 partitions, rather than the system's root directory /. The relevant
2223 directories are automatically discovered.
2224
2225 * The systemd-ac-power tool gained a new switch --low, which reports
2226 whether the battery charge is considered "low", similar to how the
2227 s2h suspend logic checks this state to decide whether to enter system
2228 suspend or hibernation.
2229
2230 * The /etc/os-release file can now have two new optional fields
2231 VENDOR_NAME= and VENDOR_URL= to carry information about the vendor of
2232 the OS.
2233
2234 * When the system hibernates, information about the device and offset
2235 used is now written to a non-volatile EFI variable. On next boot the
2236 system will attempt to resume from the location indicated in this EFI
2237 variable. This should make hibernation a lot more robust, while
2238 requiring no manual configuration of the resume location.
2239
2240 * The $XDG_STATE_HOME environment variable (added in more recent
2241 versions of the XDG basedir specification) is now honoured to
2242 implement the StateDirectory= setting in user services.
2243
2244 * A new component "systemd-battery-check" has been added. It may run
2245 during early boot (usually in the initrd), and checks the battery
2246 charge level of the system. In case the charge level is very low the
2247 user is notified (graphically via Plymouth – if available – as well
2248 as in text form on the console), and the system is turned off after a
2249 10s delay. The feature can be disabled by passing
2250 systemd.battery_check=0 through the kernel command line.
2251
2252 * The 'passwdqc' library is now supported as an alternative to the
2253 'pwquality' library and can be selected at build time.
2254
2255 Contributions from: 김인수, 07416, Addison Snelling, Adrian Vovk,
2256 Aidan Dang, Alexander Krabler, Alfred Klomp, Anatoli Babenia,
2257 Andrei Stepanov, Andrew Baxter, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
2258 Arian van Putten, Arthur Shau, A S Alam,
2259 Asier Sarasua Garmendia, Balló György, Bastien Nocera,
2260 Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Benjamin Raison, Bill Peterson,
2261 Brad Fitzpatrick, Brett Holman, bri, Chen Qi, Chitoku,
2262 Christian Hesse, Christoph Anton Mitterer, Christopher Gurnee,
2263 Colin Walters, Cornelius Hoffmann, Cristian Rodríguez, cunshunxia,
2264 cvlc12, Cyril Roelandt, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri,
2265 Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Edmundson,
2266 David Schroeder, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
2267 Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitrii Fomchenkov, Dmitry V. Levin, dmkUK,
2268 Dominique Martinet, don bright, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck,
2269 Egor Ignatov, EinBaum, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito, Eric Curtin,
2270 Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui,
2271 François Rigault, Fran Diéguez, Franklin Yu, Frantisek Sumsal,
2272 Fuminobu TAKEYAMA, Gaël PORTAY, Gerd Hoffmann, Gertalitec,
2273 Gibeom Gwon, Gustavo Noronha Silva, Hannu Lounento,
2274 Hans de Goede, Haochen Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Henrik Holst,
2275 Hoe Hao Cheng, Igor Tsiglyar, Ivan Vecera, James Hilliard,
2276 Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku, Janne Sirén,
2277 jcg, Jeidnx, Joan Bruguera, Joerg Behrmann, jonathanmetzman,
2278 Jordan Rome, Josef Miegl, Joshua Goins, Joyce, Joyce Brum,
2279 Juno Computers, Kai Lueke, Kevin P. Fleming, Kiran Vemula, Klaus,
2280 Klaus Zipfel, Lawrence Thorpe, Lennart Poettering, licunlong,
2281 Lily Foster, Luca Boccassi, Ludwig Nussel, Luna Jernberg,
2282 maanyagoenka, Maanya Goenka, Maksim Kliazovich, Malte Poll,
2283 Marko Korhonen, Masatake YAMATO, Mateusz Poliwczak, Matt Johnston,
2284 Miao Wang, Micah Abbott, Michael A Cassaniti, Michal Koutný,
2285 Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan, mooo, Morten Linderud, msizanoen,
2286 Nick Rosbrook, nikstur, Olivier Gayot, Omojola Joshua,
2287 Paolo Velati, Paul Barker, Pavel Borecki, Petr Menšík,
2288 Philipp Kern, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Quintin Hill,
2289 Rene Hollander, Richard Phibel, Robert Meijers, Robert Scheck,
2290 Roger Gammans, Romain Geissler, Ronan Pigott, Russell Harmon,
2291 saikat0511, Samanta Navarro, Sam James, Sam Morris,
2292 Simon Braunschmidt, Sjoerd Simons, Sorah Fukumori,
2293 Stanislaw Gruszka, Stefan Roesch, Steven Luo, Steve Ramage,
2294 Susant Sahani, taniishkaaa, Tanishka, Temuri Doghonadze,
2295 Thierry Martin, Thomas Blume, Thomas Genty, Thomas Weißschuh,
2296 Thorsten Kukuk, Times-Z, Tobias Powalowski, tofylion,
2297 Topi Miettinen, Uwe Kleine-König, Velislav Ivanov,
2298 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vít Zikmund, Weblate, Will Fancher,
2299 William Roberts, Winterhuman, Wolfgang Müller, Xeonacid,
2300 Xiaotian Wu, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Yuxiang Zhu,
2301 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zhmylove, ZjYwMj,
2302 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
2303
2304 — Edinburgh, 2023-07-28
2305
2306 CHANGES WITH 253:
2307
2308 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
2309
2310 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
2311 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
2312 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
2313 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
2314 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
2315 userspace has been ported over already.
2316
2317 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
2318 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
2319 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
2320 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
2321 For more details, see:
2322 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
2323
2324 * We intend to change behaviour w.r.t. units of the per-user service
2325 manager and sandboxing options, so that they work without having to
2326 manually enable PrivateUsers= as well, which is not required for
2327 system units. To make this work, we will implicitly enable user
2328 namespaces (PrivateUsers=yes) when a sandboxing option is enabled in a
2329 user unit. The drawback is that system users will no longer be visible
2330 (and appear as 'nobody') to the user unit when a sandboxing option is
2331 enabled. By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
2332 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great source
2333 of confusion that has been reported by users over the years, due to
2334 how these options require an extra setting to be manually enabled when
2335 used in the per-user service manager, as opposed as to the system
2336 service manager. We plan to enable this change in the next release
2337 later this year. For more details, see:
2338 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
2339
2340 Deprecations and incompatible changes:
2341
2342 * systemctl will now warn when invoked without /proc/ mounted
2343 (e.g. when invoked after chroot() into an directory tree without the
2344 API mount points like /proc/ being set up.) Operation in such an
2345 environment is not fully supported.
2346
2347 * The return value of 'systemctl is-active|is-enabled|is-failed' for
2348 unknown units is changed: previously 1 or 3 were returned, but now 4
2349 (EXIT_PROGRAM_OR_SERVICES_STATUS_UNKNOWN) is used as documented.
2350
2351 * 'udevadm hwdb' subcommand is deprecated and will emit a warning.
2352 systemd-hwdb (added in 2014) should be used instead.
2353
2354 * 'bootctl --json' now outputs a single JSON array, instead of a stream
2355 of newline-separated JSON objects.
2356
2357 * Udev rules in 60-evdev.rules have been changed to load hwdb
2358 properties for all modalias patterns. Previously only the first
2359 matching pattern was used. This could change what properties are
2360 assigned if the user has more and less specific patterns that could
2361 match the same device, but it is expected that the change will have
2362 no effect for most users.
2363
2364 * systemd-networkd-wait-online exits successfully when all interfaces
2365 are ready or unmanaged. Previously, if neither '--any' nor
2366 '--interface=' options were used, at least one interface had to be in
2367 configured state. This change allows the case where systemd-networkd
2368 is enabled, but no interfaces are configured, to be handled
2369 gracefully. It may occur in particular when a different network
2370 manager is also enabled and used.
2371
2372 * Some compatibility helpers were dropped: EmergencyAction= in the user
2373 manager, as well as measuring kernel command line into PCR 8 in
2374 systemd-stub, along with the -Defi-tpm-pcr-compat compile-time
2375 option.
2376
2377 * The '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout=' build-time option has been
2378 renamed to '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout-sec=', and now takes an
2379 integer as parameter instead of a string.
2380
2381 * The DDI image dissection logic (which backs RootImage= in service
2382 unit files, the --image= switch in various tools such as
2383 systemd-nspawn, as well as systemd-dissect) will now only mount file
2384 systems of types btrfs, ext4, xfs, erofs, squashfs, vfat. This list
2385 can be overridden via the $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_FILE_SYSTEMS environment
2386 variable. These file systems are fairly well supported and maintained
2387 in current kernels, while others are usually more niche, exotic or
2388 legacy and thus typically do not receive the same level of security
2389 support and fixes.
2390
2391 * The default per-link multicast DNS mode is changed to "yes"
2392 (that was previously "no"). As the default global multicast DNS mode
2393 has been "yes" (but can be changed by the build option), now the
2394 multicast DNS is enabled on all links by default. You can disable the
2395 multicast DNS on all links by setting MulticastDNS= in resolved.conf,
2396 or on an interface by calling "resolvectl mdns INTERFACE no".
2397
2398 New components:
2399
2400 * A tool 'ukify' tool to build, measure, and sign Unified Kernel Images
2401 (UKIs) has been added. This replaces functionality provided by
2402 'dracut --uefi' and extends it with automatic calculation of PE file
2403 offsets, insertion of signed PCR policies generated by
2404 systemd-measure, support for initrd concatenation, signing of the
2405 embedded Linux image and the combined image with sbsign, and
2406 heuristics to autodetect the kernel uname and verify the splash
2407 image.
2408
2409 Changes in systemd and units:
2410
2411 * A new service type Type=notify-reload is defined. When such a unit is
2412 reloaded a UNIX process signal (typically SIGHUP) is sent to the main
2413 service process. The manager will then wait until it receives a
2414 "RELOADING=1" followed by a "READY=1" notification from the unit as
2415 response (via sd_notify()). Otherwise, this type is the same as
2416 Type=notify. A new setting ReloadSignal= may be used to change the
2417 signal to send from the default of SIGHUP.
2418
2419 user@.service, systemd-networkd.service, systemd-udevd.service, and
2420 systemd-logind have been updated to this type.
2421
2422 * Initrd environments which are not on a pure memory file system (e.g.
2423 overlayfs combination as opposed to tmpfs) are now supported. With
2424 this change, during the initrd → host transition ("switch root")
2425 systemd will erase all files of the initrd only when the initrd is
2426 backed by a memory file system such as tmpfs.
2427
2428 * New per-unit MemoryZSwapMax= option has been added to configure
2429 memory.zswap.max cgroup properties (the maximum amount of zswap
2430 used).
2431
2432 * A new LogFilterPatterns= option has been added for units. It may be
2433 used to specify accept/deny regular expressions for log messages
2434 generated by the unit, that shall be enforced by systemd-journald.
2435 Rejected messages are neither stored in the journal nor forwarded.
2436 This option may be used to suppress noisy or uninteresting messages
2437 from units.
2438
2439 * The manager has a new
2440 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.GetUnitByPIDFD() D-Bus method to
2441 query process ownership via a PIDFD, which is more resilient against
2442 PID recycling issues.
2443
2444 * Scope units now support OOMPolicy=. Login session scopes default to
2445 OOMPolicy=continue, allowing login scopes to survive the OOM killer
2446 terminating some processes in the scope.
2447
2448 * systemd-fstab-generator now supports x-systemd.makefs option for
2449 /sysroot/ (in the initrd).
2450
2451 * The maximum rate at which daemon reloads are executed can now be
2452 limited with the new ReloadLimitIntervalSec=/ReloadLimitBurst=
2453 options. (Or the equivalent on the kernel command line:
2454 systemd.reload_limit_interval_sec=/systemd.reload_limit_burst=). In
2455 addition, systemd now logs the originating unit and PID when a reload
2456 request is received over D-Bus.
2457
2458 * When enabling a swap device systemd will now reinitialize the device
2459 when the page size of the swap space does not match the page size of
2460 the running kernel. Note that this requires the 'swapon' utility to
2461 provide the '--fixpgsz' option, as implemented by util-linux, and it
2462 is not supported by busybox at the time of writing.
2463
2464 * systemd now executes generator programs in a mount namespace
2465 "sandbox" with most of the file system read-only and write access
2466 restricted to the output directories, and with a temporary /tmp/
2467 mount provided. This provides a safeguard against programming errors
2468 in the generators, but also fixes here-docs in shells, which
2469 previously didn't work in early boot when /tmp/ wasn't available
2470 yet. (This feature has no security implications, because the code is
2471 still privileged and can trivially exit the sandbox.)
2472
2473 * The system manager will now parse a new "vmm.notify_socket"
2474 system credential, which may be supplied to a VM via SMBIOS. If
2475 found, the manager will send a "READY=1" notification on the
2476 specified socket after boot is complete. This allows readiness
2477 notification to be sent from a VM guest to the VM host over a VSOCK
2478 socket.
2479
2480 * The sample PAM configuration file for systemd-user@.service now
2481 includes a call to pam_namespace. This puts children of user@.service
2482 in the expected namespace. (Many distributions replace their file
2483 with something custom, so this change has limited effect.)
2484
2485 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_MOUNT_RATE_LIMIT_BURST
2486 can be used to override the mount units burst late limit for
2487 parsing '/proc/self/mountinfo', which was introduced in v249.
2488 Defaults to 5.
2489
2490 * Drop-ins for init.scope changing control group resource limits are
2491 now applied, while they were previously ignored.
2492
2493 * New build-time configuration options '-Ddefault-timeout-sec=' and
2494 '-Ddefault-user-timeout-sec=' have been added, to let distributions
2495 choose the default timeout for starting/stopping/aborting system and
2496 user units respectively.
2497
2498 * Service units gained a new setting OpenFile= which may be used to
2499 open arbitrary files in the file system (or connect to arbitrary
2500 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system), and pass the open file
2501 descriptor to the invoked process via the usual file descriptor
2502 passing protocol. This is useful to give unprivileged services access
2503 to select files which have restrictive access modes that would
2504 normally not allow this. It's also useful in case RootDirectory= or
2505 RootImage= is used to allow access to files from the host environment
2506 (which is after all not visible from the service if these two options
2507 are used.)
2508
2509 Changes in udev:
2510
2511 * The new net naming scheme "v253" has been introduced. In the new
2512 scheme, ID_NET_NAME_PATH is also set for USB devices not connected via
2513 a PCI bus. This extends the coverage of predictable interface names
2514 in some embedded systems.
2515
2516 The "amba" bus path is now included in ID_NET_NAME_PATH, resulting in
2517 a more informative path on some embedded systems.
2518
2519 * Partition block devices will now also get symlinks in
2520 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<seq>-part<n>, which may be used to reference
2521 block device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Previously those
2522 symlinks were only created for the main block device.
2523
2524 * A new operator '-=' is supported for SYMLINK variables. This allows
2525 symlinks to be unconfigured even if an earlier rule added them.
2526
2527 * 'udevadm --trigger --settle' now also works for network devices
2528 that are being renamed.
2529
2530 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
2531
2532 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
2533 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
2534 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
2535 started.
2536
2537 * systemd-boot will pass a disk-backed random seed – even when secure
2538 boot is enabled – if it can additionally get a random seed from EFI
2539 itself (via EFI's RNG protocol), or a prior seed in
2540 LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a preceding bootloader.
2541
2542 * systemd-boot-system-token.service was renamed to
2543 systemd-boot-random-seed.service and extended to always save a random
2544 seed to ESP on every boot when a compatible boot loader is used. This
2545 allows a refreshed random seed to be used in the boot loader.
2546
2547 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
2548 field-separated hashing scheme.
2549
2550 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
2551 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
2552 used.
2553
2554 * systemd-boot now supports being loaded from other locations than the
2555 ESP, for example for direct kernel boot under QEMU or when embedded
2556 into the firmware.
2557
2558 * systemd-boot now parses SMBIOS information to detect
2559 virtualization. This information is used to skip some warnings which
2560 are not useful in a VM and to conditionalize other aspects of
2561 behaviour.
2562
2563 * systemd-boot now supports a new 'if-safe' mode that will perform UEFI
2564 Secure Boot automated certificate enrollment from the ESP only if it
2565 is considered 'safe' to do so. At the moment 'safe' means running in
2566 a virtual machine.
2567
2568 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
2569 systemd-boot already does, in case a unified kernel image is being
2570 used from a different bootloader than systemd-boot, or without any
2571 boot load at all.
2572
2573 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
2574 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
2575 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
2576
2577 * bootctl now implements two new verbs: 'kernel-identify' prints the
2578 type of a kernel image file, and 'kernel-inspect' provides
2579 information about the embedded command line and kernel version of
2580 UKIs.
2581
2582 * bootctl now honours $KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT with the same meaning
2583 as for kernel-install.
2584
2585 * The JSON output of "bootctl list" will now contain two more fields:
2586 isDefault and isSelected are boolean fields set to true on the
2587 default and currently booted boot menu entries.
2588
2589 * bootctl gained a new verb "unlink" for removing a boot loader entry
2590 type #1 file from disk in a safe and robust way.
2591
2592 * bootctl also gained a new verb "cleanup" that automatically removes
2593 all files from the ESP's and XBOOTLDR's "entry-token" directory, that
2594 is not referenced anymore by any installed Type #1 boot loader
2595 specification entry. This is particularly useful in environments where
2596 a large number of entries reference the same or partly the same
2597 resources (for example, for snapshot-based setups).
2598
2599 Changes in kernel-install:
2600
2601 * A new "installation layout" can be configured as layout=uki. With
2602 this setting, a Boot Loader Specification Type#1 entry will not be
2603 created. Instead, a new kernel-install plugin 90-uki-copy.install
2604 will copy any .efi files from the staging area into the boot
2605 partition. A plugin to generate the UKI .efi file must be provided
2606 separately.
2607
2608 Changes in systemctl:
2609
2610 * 'systemctl reboot' has dropped support for accepting a positional
2611 argument as the argument to the reboot(2) syscall. Please use the
2612 --reboot-argument= option instead.
2613
2614 * 'systemctl disable' will now warn when called on units without
2615 install information. A new --no-warn option has been added that
2616 silences this warning.
2617
2618 * New option '--drop-in=' can be used to tell 'systemctl edit' the name
2619 of the drop-in to edit. (Previously, 'override.conf' was always
2620 used.)
2621
2622 * 'systemctl list-dependencies' now respects --type= and --state=.
2623
2624 * 'systemctl kexec' now supports XEN VMM environments.
2625
2626 * 'systemctl edit' will now tell the invoked editor to jump into the
2627 first line with actual unit file data, skipping over synthesized
2628 comments.
2629
2630 Changes in systemd-networkd and related tools:
2631
2632 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained new SocketPriority=
2633 setting that assigns the Linux socket priority used by the DHCPv4 raw
2634 socket. This may be used in conjunction with the
2635 EgressQOSMaps=setting in [VLAN] section of .netdev file to send the
2636 desired ethernet 802.1Q frame priority for DHCPv4 initial
2637 packets. This cannot be achieved with netfilter mangle tables because
2638 of the raw socket bypass.
2639
2640 * The [DHCPv4] and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections in .network file gained a
2641 new QuickAck= boolean setting that enables the TCP quick ACK mode for
2642 the routes configured by the acquired DHCPv4 lease or received router
2643 advertisements (RAs).
2644
2645 * The RouteMetric= option (for DHCPv4, DHCPv6, and IPv6 advertised
2646 routes) now accepts three values, for high, medium, and low preference
2647 of the router (which can be set with the RouterPreference=) setting.
2648
2649 * systemd-networkd-wait-online now supports matching via alternative
2650 interface names.
2651
2652 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained new SendRelease=
2653 setting which enables the DHCPv6 client to send release when
2654 it stops. This is the analog of the [DHCPv4] SendRelease= setting.
2655 It is enabled by default.
2656
2657 * If the Address= setting in [Network] or [Address] sections in .network
2658 specified without its prefix length, then now systemd-networkd assumes
2659 /32 for IPv4 or /128 for IPv6 addresses.
2660
2661 * networkctl shows network and link file dropins in status output.
2662
2663 Changes in systemd-dissect:
2664
2665 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --list, to print the paths of
2666 all files and directories in a DDI.
2667
2668 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --mtree, to generate a file
2669 manifest compatible with BSD mtree(5) of a DDI
2670
2671 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --with, to execute a command with
2672 the specified DDI temporarily mounted and used as working
2673 directory. This is for example useful to convert a DDI to "tar"
2674 simply by running it within a "systemd-dissect --with" invocation.
2675
2676 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --discover, to search for
2677 Discoverable Disk Images (DDIs) in well-known directories of the
2678 system. This will list machine, portable service and system extension
2679 disk images.
2680
2681 * systemd-dissect now understands 2nd stage initrd images stored as a
2682 Discoverable Disk Image (DDI).
2683
2684 * systemd-dissect will now display the main UUID of GPT DDIs (i.e. the
2685 disk UUID stored in the GPT header) among the other data it can show.
2686
2687 * systemd-dissect gained a new --in-memory switch to operate on an
2688 in-memory copy of the specified DDI file. This is useful to access a
2689 DDI with write access without persisting any changes. It's also
2690 useful for accessing a DDI without keeping the originating file
2691 system busy.
2692
2693 * The DDI dissection logic will now automatically detect the intended
2694 sector size of disk images stored in files, based on the GPT
2695 partition table arrangement. Loopback block devices for such DDIs
2696 will then be configured automatically for the right sector size. This
2697 is useful to make dealing with modern 4K sector size DDIs fully
2698 automatic. The systemd-dissect tool will now show the detected sector
2699 size among the other DDI information in its output.
2700
2701 Changes in systemd-repart:
2702
2703 * systemd-repart gained new options --include-partitions= and
2704 --exclude-partitions= to filter operation on partitions by type UUID.
2705 This allows systemd-repart to be used to build images in which the
2706 type of one partition is set based on the contents of another
2707 partition (for example when the boot partition shall include a verity
2708 hash of the root partition).
2709
2710 * systemd-repart also gained a --defer-partitions= option that is
2711 similar to --exclude-partitions=, but the size of the partition is
2712 still taken into account when sizing partitions, but without
2713 populating it.
2714
2715 * systemd-repart gained a new --sector-size= option to specify what
2716 sector size should be used when an image is created.
2717
2718 * systemd-repart now supports generating erofs file systems via
2719 CopyFiles= (a read-only file system similar to squashfs).
2720
2721 * The Minimize= option was extended to accept "best" (which means the
2722 most minimal image possible, but may require multiple attempts) and
2723 "guess" (which means a reasonably small image).
2724
2725 * The systemd-growfs binary now comes with a regular unit file template
2726 systemd-growfs@.service which can be instantiated directly for any
2727 desired file system. (Previously, the unit was generated dynamically
2728 by various generators, but no regular unit file template was
2729 available.)
2730
2731 Changes in journal tools:
2732
2733 * Various systemd tools will append extra fields to log messages when
2734 in debug mode, or when SYSTEMD_ENABLE_LOG_CONTEXT=1 is set. Currently
2735 this includes information about D-Bus messages when sd-bus is used,
2736 e.g. DBUS_SENDER=, DBUS_DESTINATION=, and DBUS_PATH=, and information
2737 about devices when sd-device is used, e.g. DEVNAME= and DRIVER=.
2738 Details of what is logged and when are subject to change.
2739
2740 * The systemd-journald-audit.socket can now be disabled via the usual
2741 "systemctl disable" mechanism to stop collection of audit
2742 messages. Please note that it is not enabled statically anymore and
2743 must be handled by the preset/enablement logic in package
2744 installation scripts.
2745
2746 * New options MaxUse=, KeepFree=, MaxFileSize=, and MaxFiles= can
2747 be used to curtail disk use by systemd-journal-remote. This is
2748 similar to the options supported by systemd-journald.
2749
2750 Changes in systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-cryptsetup, and related
2751 components:
2752
2753 * When enrolling new keys systemd-cryptenroll now supports unlocking
2754 via FIDO2 tokens (option --unlock-fido2-device=). Previously, a
2755 password was strictly required to be specified.
2756
2757 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports pre-flight requests for FIDO2 tokens
2758 (except for tokens with user verification, UV) to identify tokens
2759 before authentication. Multiple FIDO2 tokens can now be enrolled at
2760 the same time, and systemd-cryptsetup will automatically select one
2761 that corresponds to one of the available LUKS key slots.
2762
2763 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports new options tpm2-measure-bank= and
2764 tpm2-measure-pcr= in crypttab(5). These allow specifying the TPM2 PCR
2765 bank and number into which the volume key should be measured. This is
2766 automatically enabled for the encrypted root volume discovered and
2767 activated by systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2768
2769 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator mounts the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions with
2770 "noexec,nosuid,nodev".
2771
2772 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will now honour the rootfstype= and
2773 rootflags= kernel command line switches for root file systems it
2774 discovers, to match behaviour in case an explicit root fs is
2775 specified via root=.
2776
2777 * systemd-pcrphase gained new options --machine-id and --file-system=
2778 to measure the machine-id and mount point information into PCR 15.
2779 New service unit files systemd-pcrmachine.service and
2780 systemd-pcrfs@.service have been added that invoke the tool with
2781 these switches during early boot.
2782
2783 * systemd-pcrphase gained a --graceful switch will make it exit cleanly
2784 with a success exit code even if no TPM device is detected.
2785
2786 * systemd-cryptenroll now stores the user-supplied PIN with a salt,
2787 making it harder to brute-force.
2788
2789 Changes in other tools:
2790
2791 * systemd-homed gained support for luksPbkdfForceIterations (the
2792 intended number of iterations for the PBKDF operation on LUKS).
2793
2794 * Environment variables $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_BTRFS,
2795 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_EXT4, and $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_XFS
2796 may now be used to specify additional arguments for mkfs when
2797 systemd-homed formats a file system.
2798
2799 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the contents of
2800 /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_vendor and /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_date via two
2801 new D-Bus properties: FirmwareVendor and FirmwareDate. This allows
2802 unprivileged code to access those values.
2803
2804 systemd-hostnamed also exports the SUPPORT_END= field from
2805 os-release(5) as OperatingSystemSupportEnd. hostnamectl make uses of
2806 this to show the status of the installed system.
2807
2808 * systemd-measure gained an --append= option to sign multiple phase
2809 paths with different signing keys. This allows secrets to be
2810 accessible only in certain parts of the boot sequence. Note that
2811 'ukify' provides similar functionality in a more accessible form.
2812
2813 * systemd-timesyncd will now write a structured log message with
2814 MESSAGE_ID set to SD_MESSAGE_TIME_BUMP when it bumps the clock based
2815 on a on-disk timestamp, similarly to what it did when reaching
2816 synchronization via NTP.
2817
2818 * systemd-timesyncd will now update the on-disk timestamp file on each
2819 boot at least once, making it more likely that the system time
2820 increases in subsequent boots.
2821
2822 * systemd-vconsole-setup gained support for system/service credentials:
2823 vconsole.keymap/vconsole.keymap_toggle and
2824 vconsole.font/vconsole.font_map/vconsole.font_unimap are analogous
2825 the similarly-named options in vconsole.conf.
2826
2827 * systemd-localed will now save the XKB keyboard configuration to
2828 /etc/vconsole.conf, and also read it from there with a higher
2829 preference than the /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/00-keyboard.conf config
2830 file. Previously, this information was stored in the former file in
2831 converted form, and only in latter file in the original form. Tools
2832 which want to access keyboard configuration can now do so from a
2833 standard location.
2834
2835 * systemd-resolved gained support for configuring the nameservers and
2836 search domains via kernel command line (nameserver=, domain=) and
2837 credentials (network.dns, network.search_domains).
2838
2839 * systemd-resolved will now synthesize host names for the DNS stub
2840 addresses it supports. Specifically when "_localdnsstub" is resolved,
2841 127.0.0.53 is returned, and if "_localdnsproxy" is resolved
2842 127.0.0.54 is returned.
2843
2844 * systemd-notify will now send a "RELOADING=1" notification when called
2845 with --reloading, and "STOPPING=1" when called with --stopping. This
2846 can be used to implement notifications from units where it's easier
2847 to call a program than to use the sd-daemon library.
2848
2849 * systemd-analyze's 'plot' command can now output its information in
2850 JSON, controlled via the --json= switch. Also, new --table, and
2851 --no-legend options have been added.
2852
2853 * 'machinectl enable' will now automatically enable machines.target
2854 unit in addition to adding the machine unit to the target.
2855
2856 Similarly, 'machinectl start|stop' gained a --now option to enable or
2857 disable the machine unit when starting or stopping it.
2858
2859 * systemd-sysusers will now create /etc/ if it is missing.
2860
2861 * systemd-sleep 'HibernateDelaySec=' setting is changed back to
2862 pre-v252's behaviour, and a new 'SuspendEstimationSec=' setting is
2863 added to provide the new initial value for the new automated battery
2864 estimation functionality. If 'HibernateDelaySec=' is set to any value,
2865 the automated estimate (and thus the automated hibernation on low
2866 battery to avoid data loss) functionality will be disabled.
2867
2868 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration will now automatically create
2869 credentials storage directory '/etc/credstore/' with the appropriate,
2870 secure permissions. If '/run/credstore/' exists, its permissions will
2871 be fixed too in case they are not correct.
2872
2873 Changes in libsystemd and shared code:
2874
2875 * sd-bus gained new convenience functions sd_bus_emit_signal_to(),
2876 sd_bus_emit_signal_tov(), and sd_bus_message_new_signal_to().
2877
2878 * sd-id128 functions now return -EUCLEAN (instead of -EIO) when the
2879 128-bit ID in files such as /etc/machine-id has an invalid
2880 format. They also accept NULL as output parameter in more places,
2881 which is useful when the caller only wants to validate the inputs and
2882 does not need the output value.
2883
2884 * sd-login gained new functions sd_pidfd_get_session(),
2885 sd_pidfd_get_owner_uid(), sd_pidfd_get_unit(),
2886 sd_pidfd_get_user_unit(), sd_pidfd_get_slice(),
2887 sd_pidfd_get_user_slice(), sd_pidfd_get_machine_name(), and
2888 sd_pidfd_get_cgroup(), that are analogous to sd_pid_get_*(),
2889 but accept a PIDFD instead of a PID.
2890
2891 * sd-path (and systemd-path) now export four new paths:
2892 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2893 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2894 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR, and
2895 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2896
2897 * sd_notify() now supports AF_VSOCK as transport for notification
2898 messages (in addition to the existing AF_UNIX support). This is
2899 enabled if $NOTIFY_SOCKET is set in a "vsock:CID:port" format.
2900
2901 * Detection of chroot() environments now works if /proc/ is not
2902 mounted. This affects systemd-detect-virt --chroot, but also means
2903 that systemd tools will silently skip various operations in such an
2904 environment.
2905
2906 * "Lockheed Martin Hardened Security for Intel Processors" (HS SRE)
2907 virtualization is now detected.
2908
2909 Changes in the build system:
2910
2911 * Standalone variants of systemd-repart and systemd-shutdown may now be
2912 built (if -Dstandalone=true).
2913
2914 * systemd-ac-power has been moved from /usr/lib/ to /usr/bin/, to, for
2915 example, allow scripts to conditionalize execution on AC power
2916 supply.
2917
2918 * The libp11kit library is now loaded through dlopen(3).
2919
2920 Changes in the documentation:
2921
2922 * Specifications that are not closely tied to systemd have moved to
2923 https://uapi-group.org/specifications/: the Boot Loader Specification
2924 and the Discoverable Partitions Specification.
2925
2926 Contributions from: 김인수, 13r0ck, Aidan Dang, Alberto Planas,
2927 Alvin Šipraga, Andika Triwidada, AndyChi, angus-p, Anita Zhang,
2928 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arsen Arsenović, asavah, Benjamin Fogle,
2929 Benjamin Tissoires, berenddeschouwer, BerndAdameit,
2930 Bernd Steinhauser, blutch112, cake03, Callum Farmer, Carlo Teubner,
2931 Charles Hardin, chris, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
2932 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Dan Streetman, DaPigGuy,
2933 Darrell Kavanagh, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dirk Su,
2934 Dmitry V. Levin, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck, edupont,
2935 Eric DeVolder, Erik Moqvist, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Gurtner,
2936 Felix Riemann, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geert Lorang,
2937 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Hannoskaj, Hans de Goede, Hugo Carvalho,
2938 igo95862, Ilya Leoshkevich, Ivan Shapovalov, Jacek Migacz,
2939 Jade Lovelace, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku, January,
2940 Jason A. Donenfeld, jcg, Jean-Tiare Le Bigot, Jelle van der Waa,
2941 Jeremy Linton, Jian Zhang, Jiayi Chen, Jia Zhang, Joerg Behrmann,
2942 Jörg Thalheim, Joshua Goins, joshuazivkovic, Joshua Zivkovic,
2943 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Khem Raj, Koba Ko, Lennart Poettering, lichao,
2944 Li kunyu, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel,
2945 Łukasz Stelmach, Lycowolf, marcel151, Marcus Schäfer, Marek Vasut,
2946 Mark Laws, Michael Biebl, Michał Kotyla, Michal Koutný,
2947 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, MkfsSion, ml,
2948 msizanoen1, mvzlb, MVZ Ludwigsburg, Neil Moore, Nick Rosbrook,
2949 noodlejetski, Pasha Vorobyev, Peter Cai, p-fpv, Phaedrus Leeds,
2950 Philipp Jungkamp, Quentin Deslandes, Raul Tambre, Ray Strode,
2951 reuben olinsky, Richard E. van der Luit, Richard Phibel,
2952 Ricky Tigg, Robin Humble, rogg, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James,
2953 Samuel Cabrero, Samuel Thibault, Siddhesh Poyarekar, Simon Brand,
2954 Space Meyer, Spindle Security, Steve Ramage, Takashi Sakamoto,
2955 Thomas Haller, Tonći Galić, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
2956 Tuetuopay, uerdogan, Ulrich Ölmann, Valentin David,
2957 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo, Waltibaba, Will Fancher,
2958 William Roberts, wouter bolsterlee, Youfu Zhang, Yu Watanabe,
2959 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски,
2960 наб
2961
2962 — Warsaw, 2023-02-15
2963
2964 CHANGES WITH 252 🎃:
2965
2966 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
2967
2968 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
2969 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
2970 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
2971 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
2972 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
2973 userspace has been ported over already.
2974
2975 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
2976 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
2977 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
2978 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
2979 For more details, see:
2980 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
2981
2982 Compatibility Breaks:
2983
2984 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
2985 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
2986 à la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
2987 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
2988 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
2989 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
2990 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
2991 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
2992 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
2993 change.
2994
2995 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
2996 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
2997 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
2998 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
2999 already have been updated or removed.
3000
3001 New Features:
3002
3003 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
3004 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
3005 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
3006 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
3007 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
3008 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
3009 kernel.
3010
3011 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
3012 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
3013 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
3014 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
3015 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
3016 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
3017 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
3018 the booted UKI to gain access.
3019
3020 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
3021 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
3022 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
3023 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
3024 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
3025 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
3026
3027 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
3028 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
3029 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
3030 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
3031 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
3032 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
3033 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
3034 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
3035
3036 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
3037 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
3038 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
3039 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
3040 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
3041 initrd, but not later.)
3042
3043 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
3044
3045 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
3046 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
3047 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
3048 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
3049 the CPU.
3050
3051 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
3052 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
3053 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
3054 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
3055 release.
3056
3057 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
3058
3059 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
3060 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
3061 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
3062
3063 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
3064 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
3065 provided.
3066
3067 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
3068
3069 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
3070 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
3071 file.
3072
3073 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
3074 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
3075 activate.
3076
3077 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
3078 configured.
3079
3080 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
3081 SMBIOS fields. For example
3082
3083 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
3084
3085 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
3086 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
3087 quotes).
3088
3089 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
3090 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
3091 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
3092
3093 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
3094 associated service unit, if any.
3095
3096 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
3097 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
3098 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
3099 unsealed only in the initrd.
3100
3101 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
3102 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
3103
3104 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
3105 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
3106 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
3107 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
3108 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
3109 the host system as expected.
3110
3111 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
3112 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
3113 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
3114 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
3115
3116 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
3117 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
3118 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
3119
3120 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
3121 unmounted lazily.
3122
3123 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
3124 of file systems.
3125
3126 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
3127 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
3128 in the future.
3129
3130 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
3131 activating.
3132
3133 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
3134 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
3135 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
3136 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
3137
3138 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
3139 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
3140
3141 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
3142 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
3143 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
3144 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
3145 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
3146 than for behaviour decisions.
3147
3148 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
3149 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
3150
3151 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
3152 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
3153 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
3154
3155 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
3156
3157 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
3158 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
3159 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
3160 the main specification.
3161
3162 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the
3163 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
3164 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
3165 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
3166
3167 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
3168 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
3169 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
3170
3171 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
3172 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
3173
3174 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
3175 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
3176 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
3177 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
3178 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
3179 the stub was executed.
3180
3181 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
3182 is now supported by sd-boot.
3183
3184 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
3185 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
3186 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
3187 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
3188 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
3189
3190 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
3191 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
3192
3193 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
3194 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
3195 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
3196 to detect and warn about this.
3197
3198 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
3199 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
3200 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
3201
3202 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
3203 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
3204 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
3205 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
3206
3207 Changes in the hardware database:
3208
3209 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
3210
3211 Changes in systemctl:
3212
3213 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
3214 and 'status' verbs.
3215
3216 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
3217 points.
3218
3219 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
3220 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
3221 which operates relative to some directory).
3222
3223 Changes in systemd-networkd:
3224
3225 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
3226 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
3227
3228 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
3229 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
3230
3231 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
3232 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
3233
3234 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
3235 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
3236 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
3237 interface is being serviced.
3238
3239 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
3240
3241 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
3242
3243 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
3244
3245 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
3246 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
3247 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
3248
3249 Changes in systemd-resolved:
3250
3251 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
3252 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
3253 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
3254 restarted at any point.
3255
3256 * systemd-resolved now exposes a Varlink socket at
3257 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
3258 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
3259 any clients connected to this socket.
3260
3261 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
3262
3263 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
3264 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
3265 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
3266
3267 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
3268 is still supported.)
3269
3270 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
3271
3272 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
3273 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
3274 function for 128-bit ID string comparisons), and
3275 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
3276 string arrays).
3277
3278 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
3279 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
3280 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
3281 object.
3282
3283 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
3284 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
3285 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
3286
3287 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
3288 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
3289 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
3290
3291 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
3292 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
3293 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
3294
3295 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
3296 database given an explicit path to the file.
3297
3298 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
3299 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
3300 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
3301 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
3302 manually.
3303
3304 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
3305 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
3306 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
3307
3308 Changes in other components:
3309
3310 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
3311 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
3312
3313 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
3314 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
3315 'dpkg --compare-versions').
3316
3317 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
3318 names to limit the output to matching units.
3319
3320 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
3321 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
3322 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
3323 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
3324
3325 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
3326 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
3327 already exists.
3328
3329 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
3330 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
3331 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
3332
3333 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
3334 lines.
3335
3336 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
3337 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
3338
3339 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
3340 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
3341
3342 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
3343 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
3344
3345 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
3346 user when their system will become unsupported.
3347
3348 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
3349 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
3350 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
3351 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
3352
3353 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
3354 setting is unknown to the kernel.
3355
3356 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
3357 verbs.
3358
3359 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
3360 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
3361
3362 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
3363 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
3364 time delta between subsequent messages.
3365
3366 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
3367 of journal files.
3368
3369 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
3370 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
3371 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
3372
3373 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
3374 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
3375 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
3376 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
3377 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
3378 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
3379 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
3380
3381 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
3382 combination with --scope.
3383
3384 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
3385 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
3386 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
3387 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
3388 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
3389 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
3390 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
3391 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
3392 appropriate.
3393
3394 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
3395 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
3396 symlink.
3397
3398 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
3399 too.
3400
3401 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
3402 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
3403 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
3404 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
3405 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
3406
3407 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
3408 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
3409
3410 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
3411 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
3412 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
3413 split dm-verity artifacts.
3414
3415 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
3416 signatures.
3417
3418 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
3419 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
3420
3421 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
3422
3423 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
3424 now more compact.
3425
3426 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
3427
3428 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
3429
3430 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
3431 killed.
3432
3433 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
3434
3435 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
3436 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
3437
3438 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
3439 session after a preconfigure timeout.
3440
3441 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
3442 rather than indefinitely.
3443
3444 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
3445 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
3446 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
3447
3448 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
3449 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
3450 build can be reproducible.
3451
3452 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
3453 --initialized=no.
3454
3455 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the Devicetree
3456 "alias" fields for the device.
3457
3458 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
3459 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
3460
3461 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
3462
3463 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
3464 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
3465
3466 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
3467 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
3468 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
3469 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
3470 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
3471 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
3472 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
3473 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
3474 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
3475 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
3476
3477 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
3478
3479 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
3480 graphic cards.
3481
3482 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
3483 device is used as a keyfile.
3484
3485 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
3486 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
3487 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
3488 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
3489
3490 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
3491 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
3492 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
3493
3494 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
3495 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
3496
3497 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
3498 to MIT-0.
3499
3500 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
3501 /etc/machine-id.
3502
3503 Experimental features:
3504
3505 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
3506 and bpftool >= 7.0).
3507
3508 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
3509 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
3510 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
3511 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
3512 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
3513
3514 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
3515 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
3516 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
3517 tandem with the kernel.
3518
3519 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
3520 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
3521 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
3522 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
3523 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
3524 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
3525 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
3526 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
3527 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
3528 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
3529 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
3530 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
3531 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
3532 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
3533 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
3534 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
3535 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
3536 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
3537 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
3538 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
3539 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
3540 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
3541 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
3542 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
3543 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
3544 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
3545 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
3546 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
3547 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
3548 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
3549 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
3550 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
3551 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
3552 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
3553 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
3554 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
3555 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
3556 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
3557 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
3558 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
3559 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
3560 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
3561 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
3562 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
3563 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
3564 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
3565 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
3566 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
3567
3568 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
3569
3570 CHANGES WITH 251:
3571
3572 Backwards-incompatible changes:
3573
3574 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
3575 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
3576
3577 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
3578 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
3579
3580 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
3581 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
3582 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
3583 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
3584 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
3585 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
3586
3587 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
3588 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
3589 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
3590
3591 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
3592 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
3593 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
3594 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
3595 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
3596 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
3597 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
3598
3599 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
3600 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
3601 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
3602 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
3603 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
3604 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
3605 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
3606 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
3607 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
3608 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
3609 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
3610 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
3611 systems, there should be no visible changes.
3612
3613 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
3614 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
3615 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
3616 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
3617 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
3618 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
3619 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
3620 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
3621 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
3622 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
3623 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
3624 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
3625
3626 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
3627 of pcap.
3628
3629 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
3630 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
3631 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
3632 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
3633
3634 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
3635
3636 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
3637 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
3638 It is apparently used by the linker now.
3639
3640 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
3641 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
3642 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
3643
3644 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
3645 to account for this change.
3646
3647 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
3648 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
3649 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
3650
3651 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
3652
3653 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
3654 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
3655 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
3656 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
3657 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
3658 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
3659 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
3660 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
3661 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
3662 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
3663 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
3664 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
3665 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
3666 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
3667 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
3668 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
3669
3670 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
3671 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
3672 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
3673 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
3674 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
3675
3676 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
3677 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
3678 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
3679 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
3680 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
3681 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
3682
3683 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
3684 systemd-boot boot loader.
3685
3686 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
3687 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
3688 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
3689 allows choosing different initrd generators.
3690
3691 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
3692 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
3693 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
3694 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
3695 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
3696 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
3697 prepared successfully.
3698
3699 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
3700 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
3701 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
3702 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
3703 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
3704 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
3705
3706 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
3707 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
3708 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
3709 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
3710
3711 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
3712 paths and other settings used.
3713
3714 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
3715 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
3716 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
3717
3718 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
3719 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
3720 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
3721 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
3722 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
3723
3724 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
3725 menu entries in JSON format.
3726
3727 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
3728 omit output with the new option --quiet.
3729
3730 Changes in systemd-homed:
3731
3732 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
3733 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
3734 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
3735 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
3736 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16-bit UID range
3737 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
3738 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
3739 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
3740 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
3741 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
3742 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
3743 uses, see:
3744
3745 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
3746
3747 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
3748 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
3749 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
3750 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
3751 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
3752 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
3753 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
3754 context of the local system.
3755
3756 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
3757 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
3758 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
3759 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
3760 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
3761 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
3762 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
3763 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
3764 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
3765
3766 Changes in shared libraries:
3767
3768 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
3769 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
3770 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
3771 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
3772
3773 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
3774 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
3775 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
3776 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
3777 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
3778 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
3779 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
3780 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
3781 the library.
3782
3783 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
3784 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
3785 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
3786
3787 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
3788 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
3789 object from a device node name or file system path.
3790
3791 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
3792 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
3793 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
3794 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
3795 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
3796 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
3797 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
3798 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
3799
3800 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
3801
3802 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
3803 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
3804 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
3805 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
3806 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
3807 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
3808
3809 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
3810 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
3811 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
3812 disk image files.)
3813
3814 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
3815
3816 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
3817 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
3818 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
3819 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
3820 manager.
3821
3822 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
3823
3824 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
3825 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
3826 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
3827
3828 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
3829 systemd-oomd.
3830
3831 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
3832 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
3833 unit files.
3834
3835 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
3836 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
3837
3838 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
3839 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
3840
3841 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
3842 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
3843 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
3844 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
3845 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
3846 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
3847 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
3848 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
3849
3850 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
3851 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
3852 Condition*= settings.
3853
3854 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
3855 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
3856
3857 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
3858 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
3859 assign to each cgroup.
3860
3861 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
3862 devices and the associated governor, via the new
3863 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
3864 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
3865
3866 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
3867 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
3868
3869 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
3870 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
3871 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
3872
3873 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
3874 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
3875 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
3876 range
3877
3878 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
3879 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
3880 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
3881 been completed.
3882
3883 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
3884 environment variables set describing the execution context a
3885 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
3886 system service manager, or from the per-user service
3887 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
3888 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
3889 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
3890 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
3891 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
3892 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
3893 kernel is built for.
3894
3895 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
3896 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
3897 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
3898 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
3899 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
3900 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
3901 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
3902 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
3903 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
3904 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
3905 this way can be turned off via the new
3906 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
3907
3908 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
3909 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
3910 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
3911 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
3912 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
3913 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
3914 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
3915 up automatically.
3916
3917 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
3918 document:
3919
3920 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
3921
3922 Changes in systemd-journald:
3923
3924 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
3925 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
3926
3927 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
3928
3929 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
3930 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
3931
3932 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
3933 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
3934
3935 Changes in udev:
3936
3937 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
3938 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
3939 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
3940 default.
3941
3942 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
3943 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
3944
3945 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
3946 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
3947
3948 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
3949 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
3950 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
3951 initialized yet, respectively.
3952
3953 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
3954 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
3955 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
3956 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
3957 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
3958
3959 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
3960 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
3961 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
3962 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
3963
3964 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
3965 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
3966
3967 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
3968 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
3969
3970 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
3971 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
3972 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
3973 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
3974 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
3975 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
3976 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
3977 the one in the symlink path.
3978
3979 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
3980
3981 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
3982 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
3983 only supported in .network files.
3984
3985 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
3986 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
3987
3988 Changes in systemd-networkd:
3989
3990 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
3991 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
3992 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
3993 still honored.
3994
3995 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
3996 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
3997 up.
3998
3999 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
4000 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
4001
4002 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
4003 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
4004
4005 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
4006 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
4007
4008 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
4009
4010 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
4011 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
4012 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
4013 address.
4014
4015 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
4016 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
4017 mode).
4018
4019 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
4020 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
4021
4022 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
4023 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
4024 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
4025 PXE boot).
4026
4027 Changes in systemd-resolved:
4028
4029 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
4030 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
4031 there.
4032
4033 Changes in disk encryption:
4034
4035 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
4036 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
4037 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
4038
4039 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
4040
4041 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
4042 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
4043 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
4044
4045 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
4046 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
4047 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
4048
4049 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
4050
4051 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
4052 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
4053
4054 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
4055 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
4056 hostnamed.
4057
4058 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
4059 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
4060 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
4061 firmware version of the system.
4062
4063 Changes in other components:
4064
4065 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
4066 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
4067 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
4068 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
4069 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
4070
4071 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
4072 list of known users.
4073
4074 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
4075 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
4076 invocations (instead of the default /bin/bash).
4077
4078 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
4079 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
4080
4081 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
4082 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
4083 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
4084 a device found.
4085
4086 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
4087 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
4088 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
4089 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
4090 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
4091 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
4092 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
4093
4094 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
4095 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
4096 $TERM).
4097
4098 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
4099 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
4100 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
4101 $ meson build systemd-boot
4102 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
4103 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
4104
4105 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
4106 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
4107 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
4108 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
4109 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
4110
4111 Experimental features:
4112
4113 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
4114 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
4115 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
4116 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
4117 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
4118 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
4119 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
4120 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
4121 compatibility with the current implementation.
4122
4123 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
4124 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
4125 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
4126 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
4127
4128 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
4129 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
4130 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
4131 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
4132 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
4133 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
4134 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
4135 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
4136 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
4137 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
4138 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4139 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
4140 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
4141 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
4142 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4143 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
4144 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
4145 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
4146 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
4147 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
4148 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
4149 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
4150 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
4151 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
4152 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
4153 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
4154 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
4155 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
4156 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
4157 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
4158 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
4159 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
4160 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
4161 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
4162 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
4163 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
4164 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
4165
4166 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
4167
4168 CHANGES WITH 250:
4169
4170 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
4171 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
4172 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
4173 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
4174 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
4175 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
4176 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
4177 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
4178 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
4179 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
4180 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
4181
4182 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
4183 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
4184 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
4185 installation or hardware.
4186
4187 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
4188 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
4189
4190 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
4191 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
4192 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
4193 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
4194 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
4195 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
4196 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
4197
4198 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
4199 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
4200 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
4201 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
4202 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
4203 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
4204 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
4205 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
4206 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
4207 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
4208 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
4209 drop-in file mechanism).
4210
4211 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
4212 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
4213 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
4214 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
4215 service, or attached as system extension.
4216
4217 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
4218 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
4219 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
4220 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
4221 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
4222
4223 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
4224 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
4225 are supported.
4226
4227 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
4228 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
4229 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
4230 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
4231 systemd-binfmtd is running.
4232
4233 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
4234 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
4235 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
4236 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
4237 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
4238 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
4239 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
4240 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
4241 does not trigger any operation by default.
4242
4243 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
4244 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
4245 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
4246 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
4247 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
4248 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
4249 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
4250 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
4251
4252 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
4253 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
4254 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
4255 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
4256 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
4257
4258 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
4259 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
4260 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
4261 request this behavior.
4262
4263 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
4264 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
4265 time-out for the boot.
4266
4267 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
4268 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
4269 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
4270 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
4271 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
4272 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
4273 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
4274 system services or the managers themselves.
4275
4276 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
4277 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
4278 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
4279 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
4280 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
4281 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
4282 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
4283 group handles).
4284
4285 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
4286 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
4287
4288 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
4289 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
4290 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
4291 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
4292 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
4293 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
4294 vs. CPUWeight.
4295
4296 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
4297 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
4298 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
4299 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
4300 during boot and shutdown.
4301
4302 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
4303 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
4304 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
4305 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
4306 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
4307 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
4308
4309 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
4310 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
4311
4312 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
4313 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
4314
4315 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
4316 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
4317
4318 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
4319 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
4320 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
4321 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
4322 variable passed to invoked processes.
4323
4324 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
4325 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
4326 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
4327
4328 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
4329 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
4330 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
4331 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
4332 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
4333 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
4334 names.
4335
4336 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
4337 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
4338 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
4339 dimensions to a virtual machine.
4340
4341 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
4342 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
4343 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
4344 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
4345 cgroup instead.
4346
4347 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
4348 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
4349 mounting the autofs instance.
4350
4351 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
4352 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
4353 during build-time.
4354
4355 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
4356 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
4357 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
4358 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
4359 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
4360 socket units.
4361
4362 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
4363 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
4364 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
4365
4366 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
4367 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
4368 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
4369 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
4370 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
4371 trust as SHA256 banks.
4372
4373 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
4374 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
4375 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
4376 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
4377
4378 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
4379 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
4380 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
4381 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
4382 instead.
4383
4384 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
4385 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
4386 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
4387 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
4388
4389 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
4390 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
4391 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
4392 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
4393 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
4394 root partition.
4395
4396 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
4397 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
4398 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
4399 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
4400 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
4401 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
4402
4403 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
4404 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
4405 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
4406 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
4407 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
4408
4409 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
4410 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
4411
4412 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
4413 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
4414
4415 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
4416 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
4417 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
4418 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
4419 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
4420 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
4421 and how to trigger it.
4422
4423 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
4424 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
4425 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
4426 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
4427 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
4428 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
4429 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
4430 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
4431 batteries.
4432
4433 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
4434 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
4435 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
4436 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
4437 against abnormal system shutdown.
4438
4439 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
4440 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
4441 directory/image instead of on the host.
4442
4443 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
4444 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
4445 actually is.
4446
4447 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
4448 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
4449 or recursively any dependent units.
4450
4451 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
4452 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
4453 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
4454 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
4455 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
4456 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
4457 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
4458 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
4459 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
4460 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
4461 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
4462
4463 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
4464
4465 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
4466 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
4467 "filesystems" commands.
4468
4469 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
4470 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
4471 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
4472 through them.
4473
4474 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
4475 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
4476 including the build-id and other info described on:
4477 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
4478
4479 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
4480 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
4481 interfaces.
4482
4483 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
4484 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
4485
4486 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
4487 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
4488 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
4489 CAN timing quanta.
4490
4491 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
4492 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
4493 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
4494 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
4495 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
4496 CAN interface.
4497
4498 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
4499 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
4500 addresses.
4501
4502 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
4503 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
4504 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
4505
4506 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
4507 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
4508 DHCP 6RD option.
4509
4510 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
4511 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
4512 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
4513
4514 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
4515 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
4516
4517 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
4518 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
4519 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
4520
4521 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
4522 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
4523 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
4524 records.
4525
4526 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
4527 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
4528 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
4529 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
4530 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
4531
4532 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
4533 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
4534 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
4535 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
4536 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
4537 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
4538 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
4539 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
4540
4541 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
4542 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
4543
4544 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
4545 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
4546 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
4547
4548 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
4549 setting to specify the router address.
4550
4551 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
4552 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
4553 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
4554 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
4555
4556 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
4557 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
4558 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
4559 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
4560 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
4561
4562 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
4563 interfaces has been improved.
4564
4565 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
4566 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
4567 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
4568 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
4569
4570 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
4571 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
4572 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
4573
4574 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
4575 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
4576 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
4577
4578 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname_policy=
4579 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
4580 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
4581 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
4582
4583 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
4584 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
4585 hardware supports.
4586
4587 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
4588 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
4589
4590 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
4591 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
4592 that supports this.
4593
4594 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
4595 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
4596 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
4597 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
4598 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
4599 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
4600 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
4601
4602 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
4603 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
4604 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
4605 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
4606 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
4607 the performance win is beneficial.
4608
4609 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
4610 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
4611
4612 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
4613 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
4614 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
4615 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
4616 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
4617 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
4618 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
4619 taken to shift them manually.
4620
4621 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
4622 show the Windows version.
4623
4624 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
4625 build-time.
4626
4627 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
4628 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
4629 resolutions and save the last selection.
4630
4631 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
4632 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
4633 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
4634 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
4635
4636 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
4637 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
4638 items).
4639
4640 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
4641 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
4642 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
4643 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
4644 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
4645
4646 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
4647 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
4648 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
4649
4650 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
4651 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
4652 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
4653 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
4654 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
4655
4656 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
4657 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
4658 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
4659 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
4660 kernel image.
4661
4662 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
4663 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
4664
4665 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
4666 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
4667 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
4668 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
4669 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
4670 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
4671 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
4672 credentials, see above).
4673
4674 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
4675 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
4676 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
4677
4678 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
4679 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
4680 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
4681 Specification Type #2.
4682
4683 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
4684 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
4685 non-x86 architectures.
4686
4687 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
4688 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
4689 or just the subsequent boot).
4690
4691 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
4692 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
4693 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
4694 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
4695 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
4696 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
4697 layout specified in
4698 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
4699 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
4700 values for this variable.
4701
4702 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
4703 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
4704 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
4705 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
4706 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
4707 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
4708 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
4709 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
4710 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
4711 machine-id.
4712
4713 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
4714 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
4715 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
4716 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
4717 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
4718 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
4719 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
4720 without conflict.
4721
4722 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
4723 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
4724 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
4725 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
4726 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
4727 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
4728 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
4729 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
4730 installations that use the bls layout.
4731
4732 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
4733
4734 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
4735 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
4736 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
4737 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
4738 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
4739 attached under a wrong name this way.
4740
4741 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
4742 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
4743 default 'add').
4744
4745 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
4746 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
4747
4748 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
4749 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
4750 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
4751 be accessible to regular users.
4752
4753 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
4754 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
4755 they point (front or back).
4756
4757 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
4758 added to hwdb.
4759
4760 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
4761 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
4762
4763 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
4764 added to define additional naming schemes for udev's network
4765 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
4766 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
4767 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
4768 sources to introduce new named schemes.
4769
4770 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
4771 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
4772
4773 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
4774 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
4775 support).
4776
4777 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
4778 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
4779 --cgroup-id= switches.)
4780
4781 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
4782 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
4783
4784 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
4785 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
4786 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
4787
4788 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
4789 forked, sandboxed process.
4790
4791 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
4792 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
4793 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
4794 reason it was not tried again.
4795
4796 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
4797 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
4798 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
4799 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
4800 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
4801 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
4802
4803 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
4804 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
4805 homectl switch.
4806
4807 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
4808 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
4809 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
4810 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
4811 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
4812 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
4813 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
4814 system trees is no longer necessary.
4815
4816 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
4817 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
4818 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
4819
4820 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
4821 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
4822 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
4823 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
4824 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
4825 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
4826
4827 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
4828 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
4829 by default.
4830
4831 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
4832 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
4833 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
4834 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
4835 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
4836 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
4837
4838 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
4839 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
4840 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
4841 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
4842 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
4843 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
4844 precisely.
4845
4846 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
4847 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
4848 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
4849 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
4850 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
4851 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
4852 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
4853 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
4854 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
4855
4856 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
4857 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
4858 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
4859 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
4860 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
4861 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
4862 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
4863 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
4864 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
4865 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
4866 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
4867 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
4868
4869 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
4870 to use when outputting user or group records.
4871
4872 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
4873 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
4874 record resolution logic.
4875
4876 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
4877 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
4878 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
4879 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
4880 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
4881 other also configured in the command line.
4882
4883 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
4884 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
4885 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
4886 watch.
4887
4888 * The sd-event API gained a new function
4889 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
4890 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
4891 leaves the rate limiting phase.
4892
4893 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
4894 to port systemd to a new architecture:
4895
4896 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
4897
4898 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
4899 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
4900
4901 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
4902 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
4903 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
4904 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
4905 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
4906 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
4907 shutdown.
4908
4909 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
4910 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
4911 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
4912 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
4913 environments.
4914
4915 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
4916 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
4917 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
4918 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
4919 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
4920 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
4921 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
4922 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
4923 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
4924 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
4925 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
4926
4927 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
4928 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
4929 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
4930 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
4931
4932 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
4933 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
4934
4935 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
4936
4937 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
4938 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
4939 appropriate primary group.
4940
4941 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
4942
4943 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
4944
4945 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
4946 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
4947 work.
4948
4949 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
4950 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
4951
4952 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
4953 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
4954
4955 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
4956 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
4957
4958 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
4959 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
4960 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
4961 that have compression enabled.
4962
4963 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
4964 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
4965 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
4966 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
4967
4968 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
4969 messages.
4970
4971 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
4972 corruption.
4973
4974 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
4975 scheduled shutdown.
4976
4977 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
4978 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
4979 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
4980 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
4981
4982 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
4983 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
4984 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
4985 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
4986 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
4987 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
4988 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
4989 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
4990 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
4991 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
4992 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
4993 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
4994 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
4995 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
4996 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
4997 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
4998 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
4999 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
5000 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
5001 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
5002 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
5003 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
5004 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
5005 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
5006 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
5007 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
5008 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
5009 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
5010 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
5011 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
5012 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
5013 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
5014 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
5015 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
5016 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
5017 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
5018 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
5019 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
5020 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
5021 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
5022 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
5023 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
5024 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
5025 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
5026 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5027 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
5028
5029 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
5030
5031 CHANGES WITH 249:
5032
5033 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
5034 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
5035 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
5036 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
5037 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
5038 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
5039 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
5040 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
5041 a matching version identifier.
5042
5043 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
5044 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
5045 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
5046 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
5047 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
5048 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
5049 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
5050 during first boot. Example:
5051
5052 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
5053
5054 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
5055 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
5056 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
5057 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
5058 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
5059
5060 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
5061 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
5062 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
5063 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
5064 /etc/).
5065
5066 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
5067 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
5068 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
5069 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
5070
5071 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
5072 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
5073 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
5074 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
5075 systemd-sysusers tools.
5076
5077 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
5078 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
5079 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
5080 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
5081 itself.
5082
5083 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
5084 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
5085 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
5086 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
5087 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
5088 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
5089 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
5090 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
5091 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
5092 immediately, even in read-only mode.
5093
5094 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
5095 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
5096 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
5097 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
5098 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
5099
5100 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
5101 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
5102 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
5103 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
5104 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
5105
5106 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
5107 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
5108 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
5109 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
5110 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
5111 specifiers.
5112
5113 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
5114 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
5115 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
5116 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
5117
5118 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
5119 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
5120 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
5121 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
5122 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
5123 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
5124 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
5125 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
5126 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
5127 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
5128 information, see:
5129
5130 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
5131
5132 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
5133 (IEEE 1394).
5134
5135 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
5136 backwards-incompatible changes:
5137
5138 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
5139 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
5140 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
5141 number.
5142
5143 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
5144 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
5145 where values up to 65535 are used.
5146
5147 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
5148
5149 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
5150 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming_scheme=v247" kernel
5151 command line parameter.
5152
5153 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
5154 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
5155 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
5156
5157 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
5158 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
5159 the udev device first appeared in the database.
5160
5161 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
5162 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
5163 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
5164 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
5165 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
5166 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
5167 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
5168 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
5169 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
5170 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
5171 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
5172 uevent.
5173
5174 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
5175 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
5176 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
5177 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
5178 index.
5179
5180 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
5181 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
5182 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
5183 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
5184 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
5185 for that official:
5186
5187 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
5188
5189 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
5190 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
5191 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
5192 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
5193 services into them.
5194
5195 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
5196 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
5197 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
5198 available on private domains.
5199
5200 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
5201
5202 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
5203 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
5204 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
5205
5206 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
5207 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
5208 connectivity.
5209
5210 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
5211 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
5212 consider an interface "online".
5213
5214 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
5215 information.
5216
5217 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
5218 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
5219
5220 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
5221 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
5222
5223 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
5224 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
5225 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
5226 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
5227
5228 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
5229 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
5230 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
5231 before.
5232
5233 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
5234 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
5235 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
5236 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
5237
5238 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
5239 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
5240 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
5241
5242 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
5243 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
5244 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
5245 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
5246 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
5247 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
5248 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
5249
5250 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
5251 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
5252 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
5253 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
5254 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
5255 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
5256 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
5257 compatibility.)
5258
5259 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
5260 files.
5261
5262 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
5263 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
5264 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
5265 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
5266
5267 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
5268 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
5269 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
5270 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
5271 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
5272 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
5273
5274 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
5275 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
5276 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
5277 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
5278 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
5279 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
5280 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
5281 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
5282 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
5283 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
5284 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
5285 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
5286 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
5287 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
5288 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
5289
5290 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
5291
5292 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
5293 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
5294 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
5295 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
5296 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
5297 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
5298 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
5299
5300 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
5301 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
5302 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
5303 via BPF.
5304
5305 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
5306 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
5307 check whether running on a UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
5308 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
5309
5310 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
5311 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
5312 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
5313 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
5314 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
5315 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
5316
5317 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
5318 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
5319 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
5320 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
5321 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
5322 program code that can consume JSON.
5323
5324 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
5325 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
5326
5327 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
5328 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
5329 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
5330 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
5331 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
5332 continue to be supported for compatibility.
5333
5334 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
5335 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
5336
5337 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
5338 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
5339 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
5340 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
5341 level.
5342
5343 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
5344 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
5345 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
5346 Type 1 boot loader entries.
5347
5348 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
5349 may be specified now.
5350
5351 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
5352 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
5353 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
5354 an interactive user is generally not present.
5355
5356 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
5357 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
5358 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
5359 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
5360 asterisks.)
5361
5362 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
5363 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
5364 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
5365 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
5366 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
5367 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
5368 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
5369 used FIDO2 token.
5370
5371 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
5372 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
5373 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
5374 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
5375 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
5376 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
5377 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
5378
5379 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
5380 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
5381 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
5382 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
5383 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
5384 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
5385 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
5386 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
5387 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
5388 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
5389 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
5390 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
5391 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
5392 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
5393 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
5394 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
5395 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
5396 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
5397 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
5398 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
5399 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
5400 privileges on the host).
5401
5402 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
5403 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
5404 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
5405
5406 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
5407 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
5408 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
5409 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
5410 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
5411 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
5412 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
5413 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
5414 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
5415
5416 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
5417 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
5418 user database lookups.
5419
5420 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
5421 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
5422 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
5423 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
5424 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
5425 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
5426 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
5427 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
5428 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
5429 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
5430 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
5431 is trivially simple.
5432
5433 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
5434 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
5435 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
5436 Journal records.
5437
5438 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
5439 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
5440 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
5441 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
5442 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
5443 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
5444 units that are members of a slice.
5445
5446 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
5447 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
5448 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
5449 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
5450
5451 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
5452 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
5453 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
5454 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
5455 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
5456 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
5457
5458 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
5459 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
5460 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
5461 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
5462 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
5463 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
5464 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
5465 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
5466 another unit that intends to uphold it.
5467
5468 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
5469 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
5470
5471 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
5472 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
5473 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
5474
5475 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
5476 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
5477 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
5478 characters literally.
5479
5480 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
5481 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
5482 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
5483 switch.
5484
5485 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
5486 the systemd source code tree:
5487
5488 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
5489
5490 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
5491 the initrd.
5492
5493 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
5494 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
5495 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
5496
5497 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
5498 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
5499 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
5500 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
5501
5502 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
5503 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
5504 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
5505 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
5506 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
5507 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
5508 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
5509 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
5510
5511 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
5512 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
5513
5514 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
5515 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
5516 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
5517 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
5518
5519 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
5520 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
5521 generation.
5522
5523 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
5524 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
5525 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
5526
5527 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
5528 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
5529
5530 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
5531 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
5532 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
5533
5534 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
5535 setting a network timeout time.
5536
5537 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
5538 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
5539 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
5540
5541 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
5542 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
5543 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
5544 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
5545 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
5546 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
5547 that.
5548
5549 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
5550 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
5551 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
5552 events in a short time window.
5553
5554 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
5555 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
5556 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
5557 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
5558 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
5559 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
5560 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
5561 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
5562 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
5563 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
5564 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
5565 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
5566 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
5567 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
5568 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
5569 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
5570 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
5571 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
5572 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
5573 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
5574 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
5575 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
5576 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
5577 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
5578 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
5579 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
5580 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
5581 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
5582 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
5583 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
5584 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
5585
5586 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
5587
5588 CHANGES WITH 248:
5589
5590 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
5591 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
5592 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
5593 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
5594 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
5595 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
5596
5597 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
5598 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
5599 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
5600
5601 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
5602 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
5603 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
5604
5605 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
5606 supported system extension level.
5607
5608 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
5609 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
5610 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
5611 constraints.
5612
5613 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
5614 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
5615 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
5616
5617 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
5618 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
5619 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
5620 similar to /etc/crypttab.
5621
5622 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
5623 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
5624
5625 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
5626 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
5627 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
5628 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
5629 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
5630
5631 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
5632 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
5633 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
5634 user.
5635
5636 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
5637 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
5638 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
5639 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
5640 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
5641 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
5642 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
5643 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
5644
5645 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
5646 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
5647 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
5648 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
5649 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
5650
5651 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
5652 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
5653 D-Bus properties.
5654
5655 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
5656 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
5657 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
5658 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
5659 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
5660 shows this in the status output.
5661
5662 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
5663 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
5664 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
5665 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
5666 the need for configuration in an external file.
5667
5668 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
5669 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
5670 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
5671
5672 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
5673 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
5674 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
5675
5676 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
5677 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
5678 them. See:
5679
5680 https://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
5681
5682 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
5683
5684 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
5685 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
5686 dependency.
5687
5688 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
5689 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
5690 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
5691
5692 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
5693 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
5694 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
5695 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
5696 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
5697 output and such.
5698
5699 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
5700 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
5701
5702 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
5703 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
5704
5705 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
5706 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
5707 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
5708 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
5709
5710 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
5711 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
5712 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
5713 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
5714
5715 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
5716 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
5717 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
5718
5719 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
5720 IPC namespace.
5721
5722 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
5723 generated from kernel lists exported on
5724 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
5725
5726 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
5727 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
5728 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
5729
5730 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
5731 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
5732 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
5733 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
5734
5735 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
5736 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
5737 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
5738
5739 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
5740 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
5741 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
5742 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
5743
5744 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
5745 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
5746
5747 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
5748 noexec for parts of the file system.
5749
5750 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
5751 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
5752 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
5753 systemctl and similar tools:
5754
5755 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
5756
5757 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
5758 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
5759 the host itself is connected to
5760
5761 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
5762
5763 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
5764 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
5765 parameter: the message to send.
5766
5767 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
5768 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
5769 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
5770
5771 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
5772 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
5773
5774 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
5775 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
5776
5777 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
5778 queue to be configured.
5779
5780 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
5781 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
5782 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
5783
5784 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
5785 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
5786 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
5787 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
5788 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
5789 .network files.
5790
5791 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
5792 switch to select the routing policy table.
5793
5794 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
5795 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
5796
5797 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
5798 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
5799 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
5800 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
5801 added.
5802
5803 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
5804 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
5805
5806 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
5807 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
5808
5809 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
5810 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
5811 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
5812 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
5813
5814 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
5815 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
5816 devices.
5817
5818 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
5819 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
5820 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
5821
5822 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
5823 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
5824 even a single device.
5825
5826 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
5827 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
5828 systems.
5829
5830 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
5831 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
5832
5833 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
5834 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
5835 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
5836 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
5837 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
5838
5839 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
5840 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
5841
5842 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
5843 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
5844 libfprint.
5845
5846 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
5847 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
5848 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
5849 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
5850 the upstream server.
5851
5852 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
5853 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
5854 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
5855 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
5856 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
5857 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
5858 anyway.
5859
5860 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
5861 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
5862 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
5863
5864 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
5865 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
5866 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
5867 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
5868 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
5869 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
5870 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
5871 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
5872 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
5873 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
5874 lookup.
5875
5876 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
5877 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
5878 capabilities passed to the container payload.
5879
5880 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
5881 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
5882 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
5883 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
5884 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
5885 IPv4-only).
5886
5887 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
5888 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
5889 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
5890
5891 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
5892 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
5893
5894 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
5895 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
5896 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
5897 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
5898 units.
5899
5900 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
5901 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
5902 operation, but it is still recommended.
5903
5904 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
5905 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
5906
5907 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
5908 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
5909
5910 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
5911 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
5912 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
5913
5914 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
5915 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
5916 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
5917
5918 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
5919 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
5920 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
5921 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
5922 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
5923 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
5924 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
5925 imported into the manager environment block.
5926
5927 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
5928 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
5929 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
5930
5931 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
5932 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
5933 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
5934 reloaded "↻".
5935
5936 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
5937 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
5938 a simple JSON format.
5939
5940 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
5941 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
5942 process signals and their numbers.
5943
5944 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
5945
5946 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
5947 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
5948
5949 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
5950 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
5951 colors are used in output.
5952
5953 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
5954 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
5955 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
5956 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
5957 disable this output again.
5958
5959 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
5960 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
5961 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
5962 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
5963
5964 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
5965 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
5966 recommended.
5967
5968 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
5969 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
5970 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
5971 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
5972 the keymap file first.
5973
5974 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
5975
5976 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
5977 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
5978 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
5979
5980 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
5981 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
5982 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
5983 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
5984
5985 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
5986 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
5987 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
5988 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
5989 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
5990 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
5991
5992 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
5993 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
5994 headers/legends.
5995
5996 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
5997 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
5998 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
5999 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
6000 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
6001 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
6002 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
6003 operations at a later step at once.
6004
6005 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
6006 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
6007 to regular strings.
6008
6009 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
6010 and measured the boot process into it.
6011
6012 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
6013 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
6014 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
6015 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
6016
6017 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
6018 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
6019 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
6020 it assigns the container a cgroup.
6021
6022 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
6023 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
6024
6025 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
6026 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
6027
6028 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
6029 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
6030 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
6031 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
6032 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
6033 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
6034 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
6035 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
6036 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
6037 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
6038 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
6039 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
6040 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
6041 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
6042 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
6043 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
6044 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
6045 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
6046 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
6047 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
6048 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
6049 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
6050 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
6051 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
6052 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
6053 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
6054 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
6055 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
6056 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
6057 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
6058 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
6059 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
6060 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
6061 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
6062 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
6063 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
6064 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
6065
6066 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
6067
6068 CHANGES WITH 247:
6069
6070 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
6071 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
6072 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
6073 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
6074 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
6075 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
6076 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
6077 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
6078 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
6079 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
6080 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
6081 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
6082 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
6083 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
6084 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
6085
6086 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
6087 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
6088 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
6089 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
6090 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
6091 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
6092 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
6093 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
6094 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
6095 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
6096 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
6097 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
6098 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
6099 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
6100 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
6101
6102 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
6103 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
6104 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
6105 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
6106 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
6107 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
6108 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
6109 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
6110 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
6111 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
6112
6113 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
6114 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
6115 handle the new events. Specifically:
6116
6117 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
6118 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
6119 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
6120 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
6121 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
6122 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
6123 generated, for all other device types this change is still
6124 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
6125 future kernel uevent type additions).
6126
6127 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
6128 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
6129 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
6130 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
6131 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
6132 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
6133 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
6134 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
6135 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
6136 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
6137 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
6138 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
6139
6140 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
6141 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
6142 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
6143 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
6144 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
6145 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
6146 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
6147 above).
6148
6149 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
6150 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
6151 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
6152 behaviour change.
6153
6154 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
6155 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
6156 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
6157 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
6158 "udevadm trigger -c change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
6159 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
6160 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
6161 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
6162 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
6163 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
6164 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
6165 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
6166 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
6167 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
6168 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
6169 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
6170 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
6171 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
6172 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
6173 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
6174 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
6175 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
6176 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
6177 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
6178 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
6179 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
6180
6181 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
6182 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
6183 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
6184 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
6185 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
6186
6187 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
6188 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
6189 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
6190 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
6191 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
6192 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
6193 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
6194 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
6195 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
6196 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
6197 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
6198 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
6199 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
6200
6201 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
6202 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
6203 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
6204 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
6205 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
6206 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
6207 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
6208 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
6209 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
6210 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
6211 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
6212 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
6213 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
6214 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
6215 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
6216 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
6217 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
6218 they now are optional during runtime.
6219
6220 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
6221 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
6222 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
6223 which installs absolute timers.
6224
6225 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
6226 mode, which may be controlled via the new
6227 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
6228 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
6229 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
6230 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
6231 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
6232 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
6233 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
6234 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
6235
6236 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
6237 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
6238 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
6239 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
6240 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
6241 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
6242 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
6243 dispatched).
6244
6245 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
6246 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
6247 the RootImage= setting.
6248
6249 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
6250 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
6251 to the service.
6252
6253 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
6254 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
6255 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
6256 different for different units).
6257
6258 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
6259 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
6260 options.
6261
6262 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
6263 --json= switch.
6264
6265 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
6266 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
6267 authentication request.
6268
6269 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
6270 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
6271 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
6272 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
6273 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
6274 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
6275 empty.
6276
6277 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
6278 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
6279 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
6280 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
6281 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
6282 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
6283 image to be applied onto the image.
6284
6285 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
6286 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
6287 in OS disk images.
6288
6289 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
6290 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
6291 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
6292 other output modes.
6293
6294 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
6295 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
6296 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
6297 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
6298
6299 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
6300 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
6301 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
6302 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
6303 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
6304 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
6305 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
6306 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
6307 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
6308 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
6309
6310 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
6311 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
6312 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
6313 recursively to whole subtrees.
6314
6315 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
6316 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
6317 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
6318 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
6319 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
6320 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
6321 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
6322 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
6323
6324 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
6325 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
6326 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
6327 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
6328 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
6329 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
6330 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
6331 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
6332 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
6333 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
6334 system asks for a password.
6335
6336 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
6337 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
6338 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
6339 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
6340 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
6341 up.
6342
6343 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
6344 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
6345 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
6346
6347 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
6348 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
6349 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
6350 virtualization.
6351
6352 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
6353 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
6354 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
6355 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
6356 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
6357 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
6358 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
6359 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
6360 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
6361 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
6362 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
6363 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
6364 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
6365 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
6366 directories:
6367
6368 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
6369
6370 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
6371 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
6372 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
6373
6374 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
6375 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
6376 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
6377 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
6378
6379 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
6380 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
6381
6382 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
6383 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
6384 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
6385 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
6386 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
6387 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
6388 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
6389 applications.
6390
6391 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
6392 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
6393 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
6394 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
6395 build time.
6396
6397 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
6398 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
6399 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
6400 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
6401 system call filter policy.
6402
6403 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
6404 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
6405 filtering is turned off.
6406
6407 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
6408 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
6409 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
6410 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
6411 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
6412 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
6413 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
6414 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
6415 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
6416
6417 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
6418 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
6419 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
6420 exited.
6421
6422 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
6423 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
6424
6425 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
6426 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
6427 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
6428 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
6429 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
6430 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
6431 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
6432 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
6433 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
6434 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
6435 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
6436 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
6437 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
6438 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
6439 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
6440 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
6441 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
6442 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
6443 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
6444 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
6445 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
6446 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
6447
6448 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
6449 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
6450 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
6451 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
6452 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
6453 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
6454 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
6455 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
6456 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
6457 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
6458 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
6459 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
6460 aforementioned service settings.
6461
6462 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
6463 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
6464 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
6465 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
6466 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
6467 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
6468 and populated — there is no time window where they are
6469 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
6470 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
6471 will start from the beginning.
6472
6473 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
6474 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
6475 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
6476 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
6477
6478 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
6479 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
6480 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
6481 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
6482 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
6483 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
6484 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
6485 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
6486 on, including in the initrd.
6487
6488 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
6489 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
6490 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
6491 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
6492
6493 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
6494 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
6495 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
6496 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
6497 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
6498
6499 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
6500 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
6501 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
6502 this property in its status output.
6503
6504 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
6505 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
6506 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
6507 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
6508 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
6509 more similarly to nss-resolve.
6510
6511 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
6512 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
6513 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
6514 ctime.
6515
6516 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
6517 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
6518
6519 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
6520 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
6521 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
6522 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
6523 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
6524 having to rebuild systemd.
6525
6526 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
6527 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
6528 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
6529 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
6530 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
6531 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
6532 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
6533 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
6534
6535 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
6536 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
6537 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
6538 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
6539 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
6540 hardlinks.
6541
6542 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
6543 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
6544 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
6545
6546 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
6547 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
6548 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
6549 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
6550
6551 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
6552 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
6553
6554 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
6555 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
6556 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
6557 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
6558 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
6559
6560 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
6561 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
6562 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
6563 compatibility).
6564
6565 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
6566 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
6567 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
6568 prefix will be assigned.
6569
6570 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
6571 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
6572 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
6573 The setting is enabled by default.
6574
6575 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
6576 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
6577
6578 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
6579 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
6580 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
6581 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
6582 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
6583 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
6584 debuggable.
6585
6586 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
6587 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
6588 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
6589 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
6590
6591 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
6592 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
6593
6594 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
6595 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
6596 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
6597 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
6598 environments where the root file system is
6599 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
6600 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
6601
6602 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
6603 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
6604 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
6605 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
6606 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
6607 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
6608 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
6609 later).
6610
6611 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
6612 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
6613 working with heavily threaded programs.
6614
6615 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
6616 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
6617 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
6618 desirable.
6619
6620 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
6621 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
6622 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
6623 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
6624 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
6625 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
6626
6627 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
6628 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
6629 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
6630 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
6631 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
6632
6633 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
6634 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
6635 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
6636 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
6637 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
6638 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
6639 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
6640 promises.
6641
6642 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
6643 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
6644 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
6645 promises.
6646
6647 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
6648 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
6649 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
6650 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
6651 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
6652 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
6653 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
6654 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
6655 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
6656
6657 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
6658 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
6659 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
6660 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
6661 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
6662 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
6663 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
6664 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
6665 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
6666
6667 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
6668 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
6669 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
6670 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
6671 like this.
6672
6673 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
6674 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
6675 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
6676 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
6677 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
6678 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
6679 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
6680 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
6681 "net.naming_scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
6682
6683 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
6684 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
6685 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
6686 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
6687 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
6688 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
6689 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
6690 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
6691 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
6692 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
6693 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
6694 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
6695 appropriately.
6696
6697 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
6698 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
6699 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
6700 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
6701 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
6702 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
6703
6704 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
6705 contents in commented form in the text editor.
6706
6707 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
6708 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
6709 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
6710 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
6711 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
6712 protections for the different slices in the future.
6713
6714 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
6715 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
6716 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
6717 image dissection logic.
6718
6719 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
6720 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
6721 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
6722 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
6723 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
6724 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
6725 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6726 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
6727 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
6728 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
6729 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
6730 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
6731 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
6732 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
6733 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
6734 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
6735 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
6736 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
6737 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
6738 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
6739 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
6740 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
6741 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
6742 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
6743 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
6744 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
6745 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
6746 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
6747 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
6748 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
6749 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
6750 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6751 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
6752
6753 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
6754
6755 CHANGES WITH 246:
6756
6757 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
6758 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
6759 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
6760
6761 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
6762 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
6763
6764 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
6765 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
6766 based on the NUMA mask.
6767
6768 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
6769 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
6770 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
6771
6772 * Two new unit file settings
6773 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
6774 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
6775 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
6776 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
6777
6778 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
6779 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
6780 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
6781 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
6782 instance).
6783
6784 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
6785 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
6786 service's processes shall include.
6787
6788 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
6789 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
6790 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
6791 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
6792
6793 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
6794 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
6795 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
6796 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
6797 depending on socket type.
6798
6799 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
6800 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
6801 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
6802 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
6803 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
6804 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
6805 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
6806 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
6807 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
6808 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
6809
6810 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
6811 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
6812 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
6813 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
6814 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
6815 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
6816 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
6817 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
6818
6819 * .service unit files gained two new options
6820 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
6821 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
6822 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
6823
6824 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
6825 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
6826 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
6827 prefix is used.
6828
6829 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
6830 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
6831 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
6832 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
6833 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
6834 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
6835 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
6836 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
6837 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
6838 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
6839 key/certificate parameters support this now.
6840
6841 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
6842 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
6843 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
6844 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
6845 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
6846 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
6847
6848 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
6849 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
6850 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
6851 finally gone now.
6852
6853 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
6854 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
6855 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
6856 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
6857
6858 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
6859 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
6860 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
6861 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
6862 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
6863 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
6864 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
6865 which is quite likely a major security problem.
6866
6867 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
6868 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
6869 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
6870 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
6871 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
6872
6873 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
6874 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
6875 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
6876 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
6877 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
6878
6879 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
6880 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
6881 boot.
6882
6883 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
6884 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
6885 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
6886 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
6887 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
6888 device.
6889
6890 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
6891 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
6892 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
6893
6894 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition_needs_update= and
6895 systemd.condition_first_boot= have been added, which override the
6896 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
6897 conditions.
6898
6899 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock_usec= has been added
6900 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
6901 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
6902 in order to make test cases more reliable.
6903
6904 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
6905 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
6906 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
6907 the process that faulted.
6908
6909 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
6910 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
6911 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
6912
6913 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
6914 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
6915 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
6916 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
6917 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
6918
6919 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
6920 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
6921 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
6922 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
6923 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
6924
6925 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
6926 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
6927 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
6928 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
6929 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
6930
6931 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
6932 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
6933 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
6934 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
6935 frame ring buffer sizes.
6936
6937 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
6938 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
6939
6940 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
6941 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
6942
6943 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
6944 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
6945 automatically assigned to the interface.
6946
6947 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
6948 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
6949 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
6950 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
6951 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
6952 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
6953 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
6954 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
6955 mode for Assign=.
6956
6957 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
6958 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
6959 source addresses.
6960
6961 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
6962 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
6963 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
6964 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
6965 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
6966 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
6967 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
6968 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
6969 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
6970 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
6971
6972 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
6973 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
6974 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
6975 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
6976 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
6977 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
6978 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
6979
6980 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
6981 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
6982 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
6983 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
6984 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
6985 the RA packets suggest it.
6986
6987 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
6988 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
6989 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
6990 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
6991
6992 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
6993 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
6994 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
6995 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
6996 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
6997 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
6998 field.
6999
7000 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
7001 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
7002 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
7003 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
7004 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
7005 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
7006
7007 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
7008 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
7009
7010 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
7011 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
7012 the VLAN protocol to use.
7013
7014 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
7015 of the .network files, to control the link group.
7016
7017 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
7018 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
7019 link local address is generated.
7020
7021 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
7022 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
7023 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
7024 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
7025 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
7026 carefully picking an interface name to use.
7027
7028 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
7029 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
7030
7031 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
7032 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
7033
7034 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
7035 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
7036 are still understood to provide compatibility.
7037
7038 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
7039 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
7040 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
7041 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
7042 interfaces up or down.
7043
7044 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
7045 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
7046 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
7047 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
7048 interface may be specified (after "%").
7049
7050 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
7051 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
7052 public DNS servers are not used.
7053
7054 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
7055
7056 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
7057 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
7058 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
7059 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
7060 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
7061 defined by systemd-resolved).
7062
7063 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
7064 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
7065 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
7066
7067 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
7068 --property=…".
7069
7070 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
7071 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
7072 use --plain.
7073
7074 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
7075 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
7076 being deprecated in favor of this option.
7077
7078 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
7079 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
7080 process itself.
7081
7082 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
7083 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
7084 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
7085 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
7086 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
7087 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
7088 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
7089 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
7090 implementations.
7091
7092 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
7093 each log message for which a URL with further documentation is
7094 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
7095 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
7096 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
7097 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
7098 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
7099 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
7100 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
7101
7102 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
7103 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
7104 initialization.
7105
7106 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
7107 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
7108 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
7109
7110 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
7111 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
7112 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
7113 without any decoration.
7114
7115 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
7116 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
7117 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
7118 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
7119 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
7120 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
7121
7122 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
7123 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
7124 coredump data from.
7125
7126 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
7127 the zstd algorithm.
7128
7129 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
7130 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
7131 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
7132 not block clean file system unmounting.
7133
7134 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
7135 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
7136 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
7137
7138 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
7139 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
7140 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
7141 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
7142
7143 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
7144 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
7145
7146 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
7147 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
7148 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
7149 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
7150 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
7151 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
7152 instead of operating on actual block devices.
7153
7154 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
7155 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
7156
7157 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
7158 instead of 0.
7159
7160 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
7161 specifier expansion.
7162
7163 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
7164 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
7165 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
7166 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
7167 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
7168
7169 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
7170 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
7171 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
7172 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
7173 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
7174
7175 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
7176 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
7177 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
7178 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
7179 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
7180 --fido2-device= option.
7181
7182 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
7183 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
7184 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
7185 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
7186 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
7187 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
7188 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
7189
7190 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
7191 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
7192 changed from ext2 to ext4.
7193
7194 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
7195 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
7196 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
7197 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
7198 before the system continues to boot.
7199
7200 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
7201 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
7202 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
7203 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
7204 instead of at installation time.
7205
7206 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
7207 volumes with automatically from files in
7208 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
7209 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
7210
7211 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
7212 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
7213
7214 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
7215 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
7216 instance.
7217
7218 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
7219 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
7220 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
7221 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
7222
7223 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
7224 to query and change the firmware's 'Reboot Into Firmware Interface'
7225 setup flag.
7226
7227 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
7228 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
7229 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
7230 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
7231 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
7232 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
7233 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
7234 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
7235 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
7236 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
7237 incremental).
7238
7239 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
7240 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
7241 which it then operates.
7242
7243 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
7244 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
7245 directories for various resources.
7246
7247 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
7248 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
7249 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
7250 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
7251 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
7252 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
7253 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
7254 via the new --no-block switch.
7255
7256 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
7257 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
7258 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
7259 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
7260 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
7261 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
7262 case.
7263
7264 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
7265 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
7266 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
7267 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
7268
7269 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
7270 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
7271 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
7272 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
7273 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
7274
7275 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
7276 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
7277 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
7278 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
7279 vtable is associated with.
7280
7281 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
7282 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
7283 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
7284 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
7285
7286 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
7287 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
7288 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
7289
7290 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
7291
7292 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
7293 document the methods, signals and properties.
7294
7295 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
7296 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
7297 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
7298 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
7299 desktops has been added:
7300
7301 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
7302 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
7303 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
7304
7305 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
7306 and has now moved to:
7307
7308 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
7309
7310 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
7311 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
7312 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
7313 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
7314 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
7315 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
7316 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
7317
7318 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
7319 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
7320 target of the service during runtime.
7321
7322 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
7323 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
7324 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
7325
7326 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
7327 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
7328 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
7329 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
7330 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
7331 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
7332 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
7333 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
7334 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
7335 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
7336 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
7337 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7338 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
7339 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
7340 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
7341 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
7342 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
7343 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
7344 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
7345 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
7346 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
7347 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
7348 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
7349 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
7350 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
7351 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
7352 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
7353 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
7354 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
7355 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
7356 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
7357 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
7358 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
7359 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
7360 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
7361 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
7362 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7363 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
7364
7365 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
7366
7367 CHANGES WITH 245:
7368
7369 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
7370 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
7371 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
7372 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
7373 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
7374 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
7375 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
7376 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
7377 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
7378 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
7379 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
7380 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
7381 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
7382 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
7383 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
7384 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
7385 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
7386 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
7387 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
7388 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
7389 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
7390
7391 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
7392 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
7393 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
7394 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
7395 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
7396 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
7397 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
7398 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
7399 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
7400 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
7401 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
7402 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
7403 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
7404 that for the first time resource management and various other
7405 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
7406 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
7407 to apply on login. For further details see:
7408
7409 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
7410 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
7411 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
7412
7413 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
7414 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
7415 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
7416 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
7417 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
7418 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
7419 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
7420 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
7421 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
7422
7423 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
7424
7425 For further details about the format and expectations on home
7426 directories this new daemon makes, see:
7427
7428 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
7429
7430 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
7431 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
7432 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
7433 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
7434 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
7435 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
7436 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
7437 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
7438 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
7439 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
7440 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
7441 usage limitations and other settings.
7442
7443 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
7444 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
7445 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
7446 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
7447 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
7448 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
7449 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
7450 resource usage.
7451
7452 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
7453 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
7454
7455 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
7456 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
7457 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
7458 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
7459 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
7460
7461 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
7462 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
7463 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
7464 itself and the default for all other processes.
7465
7466 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
7467 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
7468 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
7469 database into account.
7470
7471 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
7472 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
7473 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
7474 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
7475
7476 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
7477 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
7478 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
7479 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
7480 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
7481 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
7482 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
7483 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
7484 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
7485 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
7486
7487 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
7488 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
7489 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
7490 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
7491 event source watching it is freed).
7492
7493 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
7494 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
7495 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
7496 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
7497
7498 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
7499 (IFB) network devices.
7500
7501 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
7502 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
7503
7504 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
7505 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
7506 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
7507 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
7508 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
7509 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
7510
7511 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
7512 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
7513 with its sense inverted.
7514
7515 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
7516 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
7517 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
7518
7519 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
7520 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
7521 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
7522
7523 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
7524 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
7525 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
7526 to be used.
7527
7528 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
7529 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
7530 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
7531 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
7532 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
7533 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
7534 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
7535
7536 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
7537 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
7538 debugging purposes.
7539
7540 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
7541 group named differently than the user.
7542
7543 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
7544 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
7545 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
7546
7547 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
7548 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
7549 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
7550 /etc/fstab.
7551
7552 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
7553 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
7554 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
7555 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
7556
7557 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
7558 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
7559 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
7560 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
7561
7562 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
7563 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
7564 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
7565 Bernard.
7566
7567 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
7568 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
7569 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
7570 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
7571 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
7572 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
7573 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
7574 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
7575 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
7576 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
7577 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
7578
7579 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
7580 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
7581 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
7582 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
7583 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
7584 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
7585 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
7586 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming_scheme= kernel
7587 command line option.
7588
7589 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
7590 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
7591
7592 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
7593 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
7594 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
7595 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
7596 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
7597 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
7598 systemd-timedated.
7599
7600 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
7601 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128-bit IDs, currently mostly
7602 GPT partition table types.
7603
7604 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
7605 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
7606 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
7607
7608 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
7609
7610 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
7611 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
7612 for the respective units.
7613
7614 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
7615 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
7616 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
7617
7618 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
7619 "status" output.
7620
7621 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
7622 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
7623 disappear.
7624
7625 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
7626 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
7627 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
7628 address is used.
7629
7630 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
7631 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
7632 dropped from the individual setting names.
7633
7634 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
7635 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
7636 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
7637 such files in version 243.
7638
7639 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
7640 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
7641 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
7642
7643 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
7644 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
7645 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
7646
7647 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
7648 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
7649 with stopping and disablement.
7650
7651 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
7652 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
7653 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
7654 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
7655 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
7656 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
7657 some internal systemd services (most notably
7658 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
7659 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
7660 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
7661 this systemd release. See
7662 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
7663 additional discussion.
7664
7665 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
7666 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
7667 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
7668 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
7669 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
7670 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
7671 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7672 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
7673 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
7674 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
7675 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
7676 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
7677 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
7678 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
7679 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
7680 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
7681 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
7682 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
7683 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
7684 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
7685 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
7686 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
7687 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
7688 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
7689 DONG
7690
7691 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
7692
7693 CHANGES WITH 244:
7694
7695 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
7696 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
7697 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
7698 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
7699
7700 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
7701 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
7702 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
7703 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
7704
7705 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
7706 units.
7707
7708 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
7709 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
7710 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
7711 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
7712 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
7713 set the EFI variable.
7714
7715 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
7716 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
7717 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
7718 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
7719 and overrides the systemd setting.
7720
7721 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
7722 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
7723 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
7724 effect.)
7725
7726 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
7727 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
7728 that affects all corresponding unit files.
7729
7730 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
7731 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
7732
7733 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
7734 the unit being shown.
7735
7736 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
7737 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
7738 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
7739 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
7740 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
7741
7742 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
7743 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
7744 which need to use them.
7745
7746 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
7747 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
7748 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
7749 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
7750 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
7751 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
7752 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
7753 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
7754 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
7755 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
7756
7757 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
7758 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
7759 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
7760 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
7761 security tokens that were used previously.
7762
7763 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
7764 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
7765 improve power saving with many more devices.
7766
7767 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
7768 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
7769 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
7770
7771 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
7772 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
7773 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
7774 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
7775 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
7776
7777 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
7778 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
7779 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
7780 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
7781 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
7782
7783 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
7784 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
7785
7786 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
7787 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
7788
7789 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
7790 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
7791 now supported.
7792
7793 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
7794 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
7795
7796 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
7797 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
7798 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
7799
7800 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
7801 received from the server.
7802
7803 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
7804 set.
7805
7806 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
7807 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
7808
7809 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
7810 using a new SendOption= setting.
7811
7812 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
7813 service type" value used by the client.
7814
7815 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
7816 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
7817
7818 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
7819 a new SendOption= setting.
7820
7821 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
7822 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
7823
7824 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
7825 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
7826
7827 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
7828 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
7829 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
7830
7831 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
7832 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
7833 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
7834 BSSID for wireless links.
7835
7836 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
7837 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
7838
7839 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
7840 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
7841
7842 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
7843 disciplines in the kernel using the new
7844 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
7845 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
7846 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
7847 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
7848
7849 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
7850
7851 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
7852 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
7853 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
7854 on its own).
7855
7856 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
7857 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
7858 of the present time.
7859
7860 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
7861 reproducible image builds easier).
7862
7863 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
7864 Specification.
7865
7866 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
7867 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
7868 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
7869 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
7870
7871 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
7872 is being used.
7873
7874 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
7875
7876 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
7877 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
7878 path as the system manager.
7879
7880 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
7881 outputting the 128-bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
7882 representation").
7883
7884 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
7885 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
7886 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
7887 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
7888 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
7889 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
7890 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
7891 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
7892
7893 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
7894 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
7895 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
7896 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
7897 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
7898 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
7899 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
7900 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
7901 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
7902 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
7903 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
7904 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
7905 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
7906 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
7907 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
7908 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
7909 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
7910 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
7911 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
7912 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
7913 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
7914 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
7915 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7916
7917 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
7918
7919 CHANGES WITH 243:
7920
7921 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
7922 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
7923 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
7924 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
7925 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
7926 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
7927 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
7928 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
7929
7930 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
7931 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
7932 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
7933 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
7934 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
7935 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
7936 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
7937 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
7938 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
7939 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
7940 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
7941 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
7942 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
7943 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
7944 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
7945 documentation.
7946
7947 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
7948 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
7949 from the old 16-bit range. This should improve security and
7950 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
7951 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
7952 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
7953 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
7954 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
7955 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
7956 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
7957 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
7958 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
7959 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
7960 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
7961 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
7962 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
7963
7964 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
7965 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
7966 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
7967 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
7968
7969 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
7970 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
7971
7972 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
7973 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
7974 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
7975 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
7976 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
7977 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
7978 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
7979 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
7980 caught up with the kernel API changes.
7981
7982 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
7983 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
7984 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
7985 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
7986 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
7987 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
7988 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
7989 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
7990 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
7991 packagers.
7992
7993 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
7994 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
7995
7996 build/man/man systemctl
7997 build/man/html systemd.index
7998
7999 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
8000 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
8001
8002 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
8003 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
8004 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
8005 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
8006 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
8007 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
8008
8009 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
8010 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
8011 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
8012 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
8013 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
8014 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
8015 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
8016 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
8017 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
8018 unambiguously distinguished.
8019
8020 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
8021 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
8022 very rarely used.
8023
8024 To replace this functionality, users should:
8025 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
8026 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
8027 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
8028 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
8029 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
8030
8031 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
8032 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
8033 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
8034 interfaces should really be matched.
8035
8036 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
8037 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
8038 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
8039 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
8040 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
8041 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
8042
8043 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
8044 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
8045 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
8046 stop the whole unit.
8047
8048 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
8049 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
8050 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
8051 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
8052 generated whenever a unit stops.
8053
8054 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
8055 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
8056 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
8057 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
8058
8059 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
8060 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
8061 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
8062 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
8063 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
8064
8065 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
8066 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
8067 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
8068 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
8069 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
8070 programs set up externally.
8071
8072 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
8073 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
8074 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
8075 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
8076
8077 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
8078 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
8079 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
8080 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
8081 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
8082 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
8083 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
8084
8085 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
8086 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
8087 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
8088 as before.
8089
8090 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
8091 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
8092 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
8093 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
8094 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
8095 links on terminals that support that.
8096
8097 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
8098 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
8099 unmounted safely during shutdown.
8100
8101 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
8102
8103 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
8104 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
8105 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
8106 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
8107 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
8108 The default remains unchanged.
8109
8110 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
8111 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
8112
8113 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
8114 udev property.
8115
8116 Those two changes form a new net.naming_scheme= entry. Distributions
8117 which want to preserve naming stability may want to set the
8118 -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
8119
8120 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
8121 interfaces natively.
8122
8123 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
8124 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
8125 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
8126 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
8127
8128 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
8129 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
8130 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
8131 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
8132 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
8133 RELEASE message when terminating.
8134
8135 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
8136 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
8137
8138 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
8139 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
8140 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
8141 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
8142 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
8143 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
8144 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
8145
8146 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
8147 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
8148 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
8149 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
8150 added to the GENEVE support.
8151
8152 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
8153 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
8154 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
8155 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
8156 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
8157
8158 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
8159 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
8160 onto the network device.
8161
8162 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
8163 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
8164 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
8165 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
8166 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
8167
8168 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
8169 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
8170 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
8171
8172 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
8173 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
8174
8175 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
8176 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
8177
8178 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
8179 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
8180 statistics.
8181
8182 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
8183 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
8184 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
8185
8186 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
8187 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
8188
8189 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
8190 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
8191 specific udev properties.
8192
8193 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
8194 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
8195 "lo" as underlying device.
8196
8197 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
8198 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
8199 IP addresses, too.
8200
8201 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
8202 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
8203 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
8204 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
8205
8206 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
8207 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
8208 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
8209 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
8210
8211 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
8212 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
8213 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
8214
8215 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
8216 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
8217 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
8218
8219 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
8220
8221 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
8222 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
8223 does the same for recurring calendar events.
8224
8225 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
8226 durations as opposed to points in time).
8227
8228 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
8229 expressions.
8230
8231 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
8232 codes to their names and back.
8233
8234 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
8235 file paths and unit aliases.
8236
8237 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
8238 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
8239 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
8240 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
8241
8242 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
8243 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
8244 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
8245 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
8246 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
8247 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
8248 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
8249 udev rules for that purpose.
8250
8251 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
8252 a device to be initialized.
8253
8254 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
8255 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
8256 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
8257
8258 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
8259 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
8260 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
8261 with gcc's cleanup extension.
8262
8263 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
8264 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128-bit ID in UUID format
8265 with printf().
8266
8267 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
8268 XML introspection data unmodified.
8269
8270 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
8271 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
8272 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
8273 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
8274
8275 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
8276 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
8277 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
8278 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
8279 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
8280 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
8281 configured to handle the watchdog.
8282
8283 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
8284 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
8285 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
8286
8287 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
8288 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
8289 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
8290
8291 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
8292 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
8293 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
8294 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
8295 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
8296
8297 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
8298 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
8299 review.
8300
8301 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
8302 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
8303
8304 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
8305 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
8306
8307 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
8308 failures to apply them are now ignored.
8309
8310 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
8311 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
8312 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
8313 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
8314
8315 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
8316 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
8317 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
8318 service.
8319
8320 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
8321 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
8322 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
8323 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
8324 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
8325 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
8326 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
8327 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
8328 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
8329 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
8330 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
8331 a seed was received from the boot loader.
8332
8333 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
8334
8335 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
8336 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
8337 above.
8338
8339 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
8340 installed.
8341
8342 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
8343 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
8344 bootloader entry).
8345
8346 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
8347 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
8348
8349 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
8350
8351 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
8352 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
8353 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
8354 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
8355 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
8356
8357 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
8358 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
8359 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
8360
8361 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
8362 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
8363
8364 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
8365 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
8366 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
8367
8368 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
8369 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
8370 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
8371 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
8372 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
8373 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
8374 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
8375 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
8376 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
8377 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
8378 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
8379 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
8380 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
8381 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
8382 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
8383 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
8384 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
8385 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
8386 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
8387 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
8388 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
8389 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
8390 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
8391 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
8392 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
8393 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
8394 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
8395 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
8396 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
8397 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
8398
8399 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
8400
8401 CHANGES WITH 242:
8402
8403 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
8404 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
8405 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
8406 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
8407 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
8408 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
8409 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
8410
8411 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
8412 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
8413
8414 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
8415 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
8416 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
8417 may be used to view this.
8418
8419 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
8420 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
8421 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
8422 ```
8423 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
8424 [Match]
8425 Type=bridge
8426
8427 [Link]
8428 MACAddressPolicy=none
8429 ```
8430
8431 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
8432 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
8433 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
8434 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
8435 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
8436 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
8437 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
8438
8439 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
8440 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
8441
8442 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
8443 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
8444
8445 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
8446 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
8447
8448 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
8449 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
8450 is a USB peripheral).
8451
8452 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
8453 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
8454 measured.
8455
8456 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
8457 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
8458 have privileges to do so).
8459
8460 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
8461 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
8462 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
8463
8464 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
8465 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
8466 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
8467 namespace.
8468
8469 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
8470 in which case environment variable substitution is
8471 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
8472
8473 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
8474 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
8475 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
8476 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
8477 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
8478
8479 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
8480 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
8481 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
8482 installed CPU cores.
8483
8484 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
8485 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
8486 kernel 4.15.
8487
8488 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
8489 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
8490 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
8491 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
8492 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
8493
8494 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
8495 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
8496 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
8497
8498 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
8499 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
8500 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
8501 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
8502 enslaved devices is not operational.
8503
8504 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
8505 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
8506
8507 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
8508 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
8509 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
8510 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
8511 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
8512 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
8513
8514 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
8515 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
8516
8517 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
8518
8519 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
8520 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
8521 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
8522
8523 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
8524 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
8525
8526 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
8527 configure CAN triple sampling.
8528
8529 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
8530 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
8531
8532 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
8533 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
8534 details.
8535
8536 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
8537 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
8538 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
8539 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
8540 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
8541 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
8542
8543 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
8544
8545 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
8546 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
8547 controlling project quota inheritance.
8548
8549 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
8550 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
8551 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
8552 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
8553 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
8554 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
8555 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
8556 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
8557 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
8558 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
8559 partition.
8560
8561 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
8562 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
8563 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
8564 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
8565 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
8566
8567 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
8568 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
8569
8570 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
8571 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
8572 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
8573 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
8574 be used in production yet.
8575
8576 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
8577 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
8578 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
8579 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
8580 input, output, and error are set up.
8581
8582 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
8583
8584 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
8585 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
8586 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
8587
8588 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
8589 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
8590 the specified expression will elapse next.
8591
8592 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
8593 introspection data.
8594
8595 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
8596 the reboot() system call expects.
8597
8598 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
8599 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
8600 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
8601
8602 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
8603 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
8604 ConditionVirtualization=).
8605
8606 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
8607 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
8608 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
8609 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
8610 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
8611 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
8612 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
8613 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
8614 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
8615 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
8616 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
8617 during reboot with their own operations.
8618
8619 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
8620 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
8621 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
8622 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
8623
8624 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
8625 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
8626 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
8627 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
8628 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
8629
8630 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
8631 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
8632
8633 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
8634 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
8635 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
8636 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
8637 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
8638 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
8639 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
8640 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
8641 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
8642
8643 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
8644 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
8645 prohibited.
8646
8647 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
8648 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
8649 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
8650 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
8651 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
8652 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
8653 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
8654 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
8655
8656 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
8657 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
8658 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
8659 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
8660 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
8661 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
8662 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
8663 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
8664 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
8665 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
8666 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8667 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
8668 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
8669 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
8670 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
8671 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
8672 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
8673 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8674
8675 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
8676
8677 CHANGES WITH 241:
8678
8679 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
8680 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
8681 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
8682
8683 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
8684 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
8685 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
8686 include the package release information.
8687
8688 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
8689 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
8690 option.
8691
8692 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
8693 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
8694 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
8695
8696 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
8697 again.
8698
8699 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
8700 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
8701 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
8702 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
8703 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
8704 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
8705 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
8706 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
8707 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
8708 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
8709 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
8710 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
8711 installed .link files to *not* include it.
8712
8713 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
8714 "persistent", now works again as documented.
8715
8716 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
8717 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
8718
8719 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
8720 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
8721 used for side-channel attacks.
8722
8723 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
8724 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
8725 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
8726
8727 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
8728 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
8729 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
8730 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
8731 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
8732 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
8733
8734 fs.protected_regular = 0
8735 fs.protected_fifos = 0
8736
8737 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
8738 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
8739
8740 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
8741 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
8742 POSIX shells.
8743
8744 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
8745 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
8746
8747 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
8748 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
8749 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
8750 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
8751 points but otherwise empty.
8752
8753 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
8754 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
8755 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
8756
8757 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
8758 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
8759
8760 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
8761 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
8762
8763 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
8764 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
8765 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
8766 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
8767 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
8768 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
8769 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
8770 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
8771 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
8772 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8773 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8774 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
8775 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
8776 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
8777 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
8778 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8779 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
8780
8781 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
8782
8783 CHANGES WITH 240:
8784
8785 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
8786 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
8787 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
8788 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
8789 an SELinux policy update is required.
8790 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
8791
8792 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
8793 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
8794 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
8795 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
8796 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
8797 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
8798 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
8799 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
8800 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
8801 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
8802
8803 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
8804 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
8805 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
8806 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
8807 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
8808 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
8809 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
8810 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
8811 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
8812 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
8813 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
8814 the search path.
8815
8816 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
8817 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
8818 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
8819 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
8820 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
8821 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
8822 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
8823 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
8824 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
8825 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
8826 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
8827 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
8828 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
8829 start job.
8830
8831 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
8832 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
8833 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
8834 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
8835 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
8836 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
8837 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
8838 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
8839 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
8840 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
8841
8842 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
8843 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
8844 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
8845 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
8846 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
8847 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
8848 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
8849 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
8850 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
8851 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
8852 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
8853 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
8854 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
8855 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
8856 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
8857 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
8858 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
8859 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
8860 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
8861 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
8862 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
8863 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
8864 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
8865 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
8866 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
8867 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
8868 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
8869 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
8870 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
8871 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
8872 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
8873 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
8874 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
8875 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
8876 Java.)
8877
8878 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
8879 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
8880 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
8881 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
8882 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
8883 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
8884 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
8885 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
8886 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
8887 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
8888
8889 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
8890 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
8891 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
8892 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
8893 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
8894 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
8895
8896 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
8897 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
8898 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
8899 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
8900 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
8901
8902 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
8903 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
8904
8905 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
8906 reverted.
8907
8908 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
8909 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
8910 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
8911
8912 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
8913 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
8914
8915 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
8916 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
8917 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
8918
8919 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
8920 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
8921 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
8922 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
8923 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
8924 latency.
8925
8926 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
8927 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
8928
8929 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
8930 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
8931 instance part of a unit name.
8932
8933 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
8934 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
8935 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
8936 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
8937 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
8938 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
8939 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
8940 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
8941 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
8942
8943 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
8944 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
8945 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
8946 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
8947
8948 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
8949 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
8950 to a file, and appending to it.
8951
8952 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
8953 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
8954 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
8955 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
8956 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
8957 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
8958
8959 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
8960 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
8961 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
8962 having to touch C code.
8963
8964 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
8965 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
8966
8967 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
8968 DNS-over-TLS.
8969
8970 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
8971 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
8972 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
8973
8974 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
8975 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
8976 until the system finished start-up.
8977
8978 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
8979
8980 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
8981 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
8982 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
8983 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
8984 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
8985 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
8986 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
8987
8988 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
8989 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
8990 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
8991 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
8992 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
8993 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
8994 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
8995 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
8996 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
8997 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
8998 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
8999 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
9000
9001 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
9002 instantiate services.
9003
9004 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
9005 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
9006
9007 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
9008 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
9009 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
9010
9011 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
9012 it is neither used nor maintained.
9013
9014 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
9015 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
9016 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
9017 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
9018 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
9019 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
9020 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
9021 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
9022 separated by colons.
9023
9024 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
9025 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
9026
9027 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
9028 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
9029
9030 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
9031 "ethtool advertise" commands.
9032
9033 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
9034 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
9035 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
9036 directly.
9037
9038 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
9039 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
9040 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
9041 ID.
9042
9043 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
9044 and generate various 128-bit IDs.
9045
9046 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
9047 and LOGO=.
9048
9049 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
9050 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
9051 from any hibernated image.
9052
9053 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
9054 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
9055 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
9056 kernel exports them.
9057
9058 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
9059 /usr/bin/.
9060
9061 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
9062 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
9063 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
9064 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
9065 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
9066 now documented here:
9067
9068 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
9069
9070 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
9071 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
9072 installs during early boot.
9073
9074 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
9075 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
9076
9077 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
9078 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
9079
9080 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
9081 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
9082 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
9083
9084 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
9085 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
9086 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
9087 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
9088 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
9089 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
9090 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
9091 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
9092 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
9093 is on AC power.
9094
9095 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
9096 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
9097 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
9098 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
9099 see:
9100
9101 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
9102
9103 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
9104 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
9105 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
9106 and container environments.
9107
9108 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
9109 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
9110 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
9111 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
9112
9113 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
9114 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
9115 journald per-service.
9116
9117 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
9118 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
9119
9120 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
9121 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
9122 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
9123 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
9124
9125 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
9126 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
9127 groups.
9128
9129 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
9130 --ephemeral command line switch.
9131
9132 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
9133 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
9134 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
9135 object itself.
9136
9137 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
9138 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
9139 not unloaded).
9140
9141 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
9142 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
9143 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
9144
9145 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
9146 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
9147 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
9148 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
9149 "dead" state on success.
9150
9151 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
9152 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
9153 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
9154 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
9155 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
9156 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
9157 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
9158 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
9159 well-defined system service context.
9160
9161 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
9162 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
9163 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
9164 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
9165
9166 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
9167 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
9168 continue to be used.
9169
9170 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
9171 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
9172 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
9173 for example:
9174
9175 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
9176
9177 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
9178 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
9179 the command line's exit code.
9180
9181 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
9182
9183 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
9184
9185 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
9186 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
9187 support to systemctl and all other commands.
9188
9189 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
9190 name as argument.
9191
9192 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
9193 net.naming_scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
9194 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
9195 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
9196 is improved.
9197
9198 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
9199 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128-bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
9200 initialize one to all 0xFF.
9201
9202 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
9203 all files and directories listed in
9204 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
9205 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
9206 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
9207 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
9208 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
9209 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
9210 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
9211 the transition to the host OS.
9212
9213 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
9214 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
9215 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
9216 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
9217 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
9218 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
9219 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
9220 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
9221 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
9222 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
9223 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
9224 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
9225 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
9226 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
9227 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
9228 these are opened they don't work.
9229
9230 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
9231 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
9232 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
9233 logic works again.
9234
9235 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
9236 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
9237 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
9238 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
9239 ignore it.
9240
9241 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
9242 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
9243 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
9244 commands.
9245
9246 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
9247 pam_systemd anymore.
9248
9249 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
9250 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
9251 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
9252 policy took effect.
9253
9254 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
9255 python-3.5.
9256
9257 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
9258 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
9259 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
9260 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
9261 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
9262 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
9263 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
9264 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
9265 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
9266 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
9267 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
9268 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
9269 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
9270 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
9271 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
9272 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
9273 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
9274 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
9275 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
9276 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
9277 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
9278 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
9279 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
9280 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
9281 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
9282 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
9283 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
9284 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
9285 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
9286 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
9287 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
9288 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
9289 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
9290 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
9291 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
9292 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
9293 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
9294 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
9295 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
9296 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
9297 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
9298 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
9299 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
9300 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
9301 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
9302
9303 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
9304
9305 CHANGES WITH 239:
9306
9307 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
9308 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
9309 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
9310 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
9311 a slot number associated.
9312
9313 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
9314 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
9315 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
9316 independent.
9317
9318 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
9319 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
9320 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
9321
9322 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
9323 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
9324 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
9325 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
9326
9327 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
9328 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
9329 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
9330 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
9331 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
9332 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
9333 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
9334 e.g. NIS.
9335
9336 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
9337 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
9338 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
9339 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
9340 may be necessary to update the file.
9341
9342 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
9343 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
9344 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
9345 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
9346 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
9347 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
9348 documentation.
9349
9350 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
9351 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
9352 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
9353 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
9354 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
9355 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
9356 them.
9357
9358 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
9359 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
9360 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
9361 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
9362 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
9363
9364 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
9365 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
9366 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
9367 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
9368 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
9369 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
9370 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
9371 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
9372
9373 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
9374 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
9375 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
9376 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
9377 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
9378
9379 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
9380 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
9381 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
9382 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
9383 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
9384
9385 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
9386 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
9387 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
9388
9389 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
9390 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
9391 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
9392 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
9393 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
9394 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
9395 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
9396 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
9397 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
9398 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
9399 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
9400 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
9401 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
9402 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
9403 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
9404 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
9405 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
9406 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
9407 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
9408 from.
9409
9410 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
9411 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
9412 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
9413 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
9414
9415 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
9416 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
9417 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
9418 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
9419
9420 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
9421 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
9422 hibernates again.
9423
9424 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
9425 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier. (EDIT: the
9426 option was broken, and was dropped in v255.)
9427
9428 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
9429 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
9430 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
9431
9432 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
9433 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
9434 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
9435 was not configurable and set to 512.
9436
9437 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
9438 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
9439 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
9440 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
9441 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
9442 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
9443 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
9444 in particular su and sudo.
9445
9446 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
9447 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
9448 synchronization has been received from the network. This
9449 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
9450 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
9451 services.
9452
9453 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
9454 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
9455 files should work for hibernation now.
9456
9457 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
9458 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
9459 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
9460 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
9461 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
9462 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
9463 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
9464 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
9465 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
9466 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
9467 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
9468 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
9469 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
9470 name following the last dash.
9471
9472 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
9473 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
9474 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
9475 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
9476 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
9477
9478 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
9479 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
9480 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
9481 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
9482 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
9483 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
9484
9485 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
9486 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
9487 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
9488 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
9489
9490 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
9491 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
9492 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
9493 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
9494 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
9495
9496 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
9497 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
9498 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
9499 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
9500 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
9501 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
9502 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
9503 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
9504 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
9505 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
9506 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
9507 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
9508 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
9509
9510 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
9511 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
9512 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
9513 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
9514 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
9515 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
9516 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
9517 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
9518 settings.
9519
9520 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
9521 expiration feature, if it is available.
9522
9523 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
9524 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
9525 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
9526
9527 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
9528 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
9529
9530 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
9531
9532 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
9533 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
9534
9535 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
9536 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
9537 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
9538 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
9539 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
9540 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
9541 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
9542 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
9543 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
9544 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
9545 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
9546
9547 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
9548 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
9549 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
9550 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
9551
9552 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
9553 about its state.
9554
9555 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
9556 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
9557 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
9558 "timedatectl set-ntp".
9559
9560 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
9561 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
9562 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
9563 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
9564 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
9565 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
9566 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
9567 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
9568 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
9569 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
9570 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
9571
9572 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
9573 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
9574
9575 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
9576 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
9577 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
9578 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
9579 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
9580 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
9581
9582 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
9583 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
9584 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
9585 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
9586 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
9587 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
9588 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
9589
9590 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
9591 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
9592 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
9593 shown.)
9594
9595 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
9596 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
9597 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
9598 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
9599 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
9600 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
9601 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
9602 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
9603 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
9604
9605 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
9606 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
9607 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
9608
9609 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
9610 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
9611 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
9612 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
9613 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
9614 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
9615 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
9616 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
9617
9618 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
9619
9620 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
9621 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
9622 automatically when the system clock changed.)
9623
9624 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
9625 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
9626
9627 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
9628 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
9629 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
9630
9631 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
9632
9633 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
9634
9635 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
9636 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
9637
9638 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
9639 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
9640 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
9641 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
9642 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
9643 external user databases.
9644
9645 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
9646 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
9647 refused due to the enforced limits.
9648
9649 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
9650 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
9651 manages.
9652
9653 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
9654 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
9655 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
9656 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
9657 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
9658 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
9659 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
9660 where this is now used by default.
9661
9662 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
9663 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
9664
9665 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
9666 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
9667 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
9668 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
9669 update process in a generic way.
9670
9671 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
9672
9673 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
9674 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
9675 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
9676 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
9677 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
9678 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
9679 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
9680 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
9681 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
9682 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
9683 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
9684 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
9685 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
9686 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
9687 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
9688 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
9689 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
9690 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
9691 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
9692 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
9693 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
9694 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
9695 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
9696 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
9697 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
9698 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
9699 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
9700 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
9701 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9702
9703 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
9704
9705 CHANGES WITH 238:
9706
9707 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
9708 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
9709 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
9710 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
9711 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
9712 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
9713 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
9714 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
9715 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
9716 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
9717 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
9718 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
9719 to revert this change.
9720
9721 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
9722 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
9723 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
9724 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
9725 once at the end of the transaction.
9726
9727 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
9728 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
9729 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
9730 scripts.
9731
9732 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
9733 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
9734 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
9735 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
9736 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
9737 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
9738 still allowing local admin overrides.
9739
9740 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
9741 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
9742 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
9743
9744 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
9745 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
9746 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
9747 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
9748 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
9749
9750 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
9751 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
9752 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
9753 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
9754 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
9755 from package installation scripts.
9756
9757 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
9758 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
9759 without the user number ("u username -:456").
9760
9761 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
9762 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
9763
9764 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
9765 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
9766 /sbin/nologin for other users).
9767
9768 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
9769 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
9770 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
9771 --systemd, --user, or --global).
9772
9773 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
9774 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
9775 which are triggered meanwhile).
9776
9777 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
9778 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
9779 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
9780 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
9781 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
9782
9783 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
9784 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
9785 rotated very quickly.
9786
9787 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
9788 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
9789 pending bus messages.
9790
9791 * systemd gained a new
9792 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
9793 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
9794 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
9795 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
9796 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
9797 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
9798 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
9799 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
9800 session scope.
9801
9802 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
9803 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
9804 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
9805 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
9806 the tree to be accessed.
9807
9808 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
9809 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
9810 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
9811
9812 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
9813 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
9814 to keys in the main keyring.
9815
9816 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
9817
9818 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
9819 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
9820
9821 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
9822
9823 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
9824 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
9825 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
9826 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
9827 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
9828 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
9829 explicitly.
9830
9831 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
9832 the colour of "OK" status messages.
9833
9834 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
9835 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
9836 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
9837 be restarted.
9838
9839 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
9840 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
9841
9842 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
9843 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
9844 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
9845 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
9846 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
9847 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
9848 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
9849 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
9850 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
9851 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
9852 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
9853 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
9854 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
9855 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
9856 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
9857 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
9858
9859 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
9860
9861 CHANGES WITH 237:
9862
9863 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
9864 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
9865 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
9866 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
9867
9868 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
9869 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
9870 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
9871 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
9872 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
9873 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
9874 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
9875 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
9876 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
9877 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
9878
9879 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
9880 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
9881 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
9882 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
9883 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
9884 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
9885 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
9886 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
9887 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
9888 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
9889
9890 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
9891 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
9892 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
9893 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
9894 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
9895 now provides explicit control.
9896
9897 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
9898 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
9899 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
9900 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
9901 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
9902 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
9903 unit types that already supported transient operation.
9904
9905 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
9906 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
9907 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
9908
9909 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
9910 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
9911
9912 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
9913 .network files all gained support for a new condition
9914 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
9915 versions.
9916
9917 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
9918 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
9919 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
9920 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
9921 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
9922 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
9923 understands RapidCommit=.
9924
9925 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
9926 Delegation.
9927
9928 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
9929 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
9930 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
9931 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
9932 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
9933 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
9934 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
9935 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
9936 --watch-bind= command line switch.
9937
9938 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
9939 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
9940 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
9941 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
9942 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
9943 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
9944 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
9945 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
9946 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
9947 "Disconnected" signals).
9948
9949 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
9950 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
9951 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
9952 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
9953 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
9954 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
9955 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
9956 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
9957 round-trips are removed.
9958
9959 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
9960 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
9961 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
9962 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
9963
9964 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
9965 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
9966 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
9967 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
9968 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
9969 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
9970
9971 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
9972 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
9973 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
9974 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
9975 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
9976 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
9977 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
9978 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
9979 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
9980 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
9981
9982 * sd-event gained a new call pair
9983 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
9984 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
9985 when the event source is destroyed.
9986
9987 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
9988 connections.
9989
9990 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
9991 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
9992 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
9993 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
9994 new transitional flag file has been added: if
9995 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
9996 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
9997
9998 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
9999 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
10000 manager.
10001
10002 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
10003 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
10004 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
10005 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
10006 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
10007
10008 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
10009 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
10010 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
10011 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
10012 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
10013 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
10014
10015 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
10016 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
10017 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
10018 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
10019 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
10020 level/target is given as an argument.
10021
10022 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
10023 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
10024 where UID and GID do not match.
10025
10026 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
10027 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
10028 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
10029 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
10030 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
10031 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
10032 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
10033 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
10034 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
10035 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
10036 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
10037 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
10038 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
10039 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
10040 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
10041 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
10042 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
10043 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
10044 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
10045 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
10046 Палаузов
10047
10048 — Brno, 2018-01-28
10049
10050 CHANGES WITH 236:
10051
10052 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
10053 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
10054 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
10055 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
10056
10057 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
10058 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
10059 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
10060 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
10061 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
10062 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
10063 valid specifiers today.)
10064
10065 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
10066 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
10067 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
10068 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
10069 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
10070 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
10071
10072 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
10073 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
10074 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
10075 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
10076
10077 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
10078 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
10079 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
10080 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
10081 services are resolved properly.
10082
10083 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
10084 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
10085 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
10086 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
10087 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
10088 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
10089 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
10090 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
10091 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
10092 and btrfs.
10093
10094 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
10095 DNS server and domain information.
10096
10097 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
10098 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
10099 runtime.
10100
10101 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
10102 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
10103 empty for the first time.
10104
10105 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
10106 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
10107 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
10108 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
10109 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
10110 running in the user session.
10111
10112 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
10113 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
10114 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
10115 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
10116 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
10117 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
10118 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
10119 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
10120 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
10121 user instance).
10122
10123 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
10124 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
10125
10126 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
10127 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
10128 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
10129 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
10130
10131 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
10132 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
10133
10134 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
10135 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
10136 sleep verbs.
10137
10138 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
10139
10140 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
10141 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
10142
10143 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
10144
10145 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
10146 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
10147 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
10148
10149 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
10150 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
10151 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
10152 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
10153 instance.
10154
10155 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
10156 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
10157 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
10158
10159 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
10160 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
10161 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
10162
10163 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
10164
10165 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
10166 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
10167 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
10168 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
10169 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
10170 processes.
10171
10172 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
10173 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
10174 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
10175 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
10176
10177 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
10178 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
10179 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
10180
10181 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
10182 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
10183 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
10184 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
10185 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
10186
10187 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
10188 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
10189
10190 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
10191 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
10192 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
10193 time the specified expression would elapse.
10194
10195 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
10196 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
10197 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
10198 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
10199 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
10200 types, not just services.
10201
10202 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
10203 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
10204 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
10205 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
10206
10207 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
10208 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
10209 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
10210 interface for this purpose.
10211
10212 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
10213 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
10214 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
10215 anyway.
10216
10217 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
10218 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
10219 requirements of systemd.
10220
10221 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
10222 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
10223 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel command line option.
10224
10225 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
10226 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
10227 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
10228 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
10229
10230 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
10231 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
10232 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
10233 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
10234
10235 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
10236 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
10237
10238 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
10239 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
10240 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
10241 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
10242 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
10243 managing software supports (such as pppd).
10244
10245 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
10246 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
10247 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
10248
10249 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
10250 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
10251 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
10252 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
10253 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
10254 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
10255 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
10256 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
10257 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
10258 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
10259 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
10260 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
10261 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
10262 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
10263 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
10264 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
10265 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
10266 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
10267 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
10268 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
10269 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
10270 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
10271 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
10272
10273 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
10274
10275 CHANGES WITH 235:
10276
10277 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
10278 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
10279 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
10280 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
10281 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
10282 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
10283 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
10284 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
10285 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
10286 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
10287 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
10288 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
10289 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
10290 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
10291 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
10292 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
10293 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
10294 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
10295 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
10296 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
10297 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
10298 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
10299 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
10300 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
10301 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
10302 IPAddressDeny= see below.
10303
10304 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
10305 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
10306 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
10307 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
10308 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
10309 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
10310 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
10311 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
10312
10313 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
10314 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
10315 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
10316 used to change those values.
10317
10318 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
10319 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
10320 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
10321 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
10322 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
10323 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
10324
10325 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
10326 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
10327 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
10328 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
10329
10330 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
10331 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
10332 one top-level directory.
10333
10334 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
10335 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
10336 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
10337 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
10338 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
10339 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
10340 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
10341 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
10342 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
10343 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
10344 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
10345 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
10346 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
10347 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
10348 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
10349
10350 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
10351 Meson-only.
10352
10353 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
10354 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
10355 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
10356 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
10357 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
10358 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
10359 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
10360 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
10361 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
10362 acceptable to us.
10363
10364 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
10365 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
10366 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
10367 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
10368 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
10369 requested at build time.
10370
10371 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
10372 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
10373 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
10374 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
10375 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
10376 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
10377 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
10378 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
10379 Type= setting which permits configuring
10380 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
10381
10382 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
10383 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
10384 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
10385 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
10386 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
10387 local frames between bridge ports.
10388
10389 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
10390 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
10391 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
10392
10393 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
10394 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
10395
10396 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
10397 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
10398 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
10399 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
10400
10401 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
10402 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
10403 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
10404 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
10405 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
10406 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
10407 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
10408 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
10409
10410 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
10411 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
10412 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
10413 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
10414 command.)
10415
10416 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
10417 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
10418 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
10419
10420 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
10421 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
10422 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
10423 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
10424
10425 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
10426 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
10427 configured, except for the credentials applied by
10428 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
10429 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
10430 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
10431 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
10432 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
10433 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
10434 on systems where this is not supported.
10435
10436 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
10437 sockets.
10438
10439 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
10440 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
10441 during runtime.
10442
10443 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
10444 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
10445 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
10446
10447 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
10448 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
10449 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
10450
10451 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
10452 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
10453 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
10454 Following this logic, two new special targets
10455 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
10456 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
10457 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
10458
10459 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
10460 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
10461 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
10462 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
10463
10464 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
10465 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
10466 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
10467 --wait".
10468
10469 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
10470 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
10471 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
10472 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
10473 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
10474 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
10475 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
10476 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
10477 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
10478
10479 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
10480 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
10481 containing information about the consumed resources of this
10482 invocation.
10483
10484 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
10485 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
10486 processes.
10487
10488 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
10489 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
10490 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
10491 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
10492 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
10493 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
10494 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
10495 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
10496 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
10497 systems for all five operations.
10498
10499 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
10500 the system.
10501
10502 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
10503 than UTC or the local timezone.
10504
10505 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
10506 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
10507 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
10508 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
10509 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
10510 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
10511 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
10512 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
10513
10514 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
10515 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
10516 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
10517 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
10518 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
10519 again.
10520
10521 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
10522 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
10523 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
10524
10525 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
10526 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
10527 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
10528 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
10529 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
10530 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
10531 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
10532 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
10533 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
10534 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
10535 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
10536 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
10537 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
10538 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
10539 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
10540 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
10541 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
10542 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
10543 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
10544 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10545
10546 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
10547
10548 CHANGES WITH 234:
10549
10550 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
10551 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
10552 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
10553 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
10554 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
10555 summary:
10556
10557 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
10558
10559 becomes:
10560
10561 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
10562
10563 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
10564 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
10565 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
10566 .device units.
10567
10568 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
10569 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
10570 running a systemd user instance.
10571
10572 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
10573 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
10574 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
10575 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
10576 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
10577 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
10578
10579 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
10580
10581 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
10582 (domain search list).
10583
10584 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
10585 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
10586 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
10587 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
10588 implementation of RA.
10589
10590 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
10591 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
10592 ISO date values.
10593
10594 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
10595 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
10596 devices.
10597
10598 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
10599 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
10600 option.
10601
10602 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
10603 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
10604 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
10605 default yet.
10606
10607 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
10608 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
10609 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
10610 SHA256SUMS files.
10611
10612 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
10613 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
10614
10615 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
10616
10617 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
10618
10619 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
10620 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
10621
10622 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
10623 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
10624 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
10625 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
10626
10627 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
10628 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
10629 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
10630 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
10631 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
10632 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
10633 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
10634 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
10635 systemd-logind to be safe. See
10636 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
10637
10638 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
10639 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
10640 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
10641 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
10642 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
10643 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
10644 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
10645 after all the plugins exit.
10646
10647 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
10648 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
10649 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
10650 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
10651 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
10652 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
10653 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
10654 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
10655
10656 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
10657 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
10658 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
10659 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
10660 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
10661 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
10662 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
10663 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
10664 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
10665 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
10666 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
10667 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
10668 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
10669 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
10670 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
10671 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10672 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
10673 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
10674 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
10675 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
10676 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
10677 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
10678 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
10679 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
10680 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
10681 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
10682 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
10683 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
10684 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
10685 Георгиевски
10686
10687 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
10688
10689 CHANGES WITH 233:
10690
10691 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
10692 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
10693 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
10694 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
10695 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
10696 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
10697 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
10698 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
10699 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
10700
10701 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
10702 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
10703 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
10704 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
10705 default selected on the configure command line
10706 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
10707 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
10708 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
10709 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
10710 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
10711 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
10712 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
10713 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
10714 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
10715 greatest stability and compatibility only.
10716
10717 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
10718 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
10719 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
10720 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
10721 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
10722 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
10723 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
10724 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
10725 further details about this.)
10726
10727 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
10728 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
10729 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
10730
10731 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
10732 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
10733
10734 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
10735 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
10736 with 'make install-tests'.
10737
10738 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
10739 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
10740 kernel.
10741
10742 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
10743 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
10744 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
10745 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
10746 by the Slice= option.
10747
10748 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
10749 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
10750 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
10751 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
10752
10753 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
10754 following choices:
10755
10756 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
10757 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
10758 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
10759 (h)elp
10760 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
10761 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
10762 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
10763 (y)es, execute the command
10764
10765 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
10766 because its meaning was confusing.
10767
10768 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
10769 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
10770
10771 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
10772 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
10773 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
10774
10775 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
10776 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
10777 state directly, without executing these commands.
10778
10779 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
10780 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
10781 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
10782
10783 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
10784 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
10785 combination with After=) have been started.
10786
10787 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
10788 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
10789 setting, and which system calls they contain.
10790
10791 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
10792 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
10793 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
10794 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
10795 configuration related calls.
10796
10797 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
10798 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
10799 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
10800 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
10801 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
10802 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
10803 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
10804
10805 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
10806 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
10807
10808 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
10809 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
10810 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
10811
10812 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
10813 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
10814
10815 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
10816 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
10817 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
10818 for compatibility.
10819
10820 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
10821 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
10822
10823 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
10824 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
10825
10826 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
10827 support for negative matching.
10828
10829 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
10830
10831 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
10832 permitted runtime of the mount command.
10833
10834 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
10835 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
10836 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
10837 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
10838 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
10839 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
10840 removed from the drive.
10841
10842 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
10843 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
10844
10845 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
10846 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
10847
10848 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
10849 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
10850 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
10851
10852 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
10853 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
10854 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
10855 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
10856 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
10857 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
10858 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
10859
10860 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
10861 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
10862 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
10863 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
10864 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
10865 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
10866
10867 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
10868 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
10869
10870 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
10871 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
10872 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
10873 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
10874 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
10875 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
10876 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
10877 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
10878
10879 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
10880 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
10881 including all control processes.
10882
10883 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
10884 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
10885 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
10886
10887 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
10888 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
10889 prefixing the source path with "+".
10890
10891 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
10892 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
10893 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
10894 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
10895 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
10896 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
10897 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
10898 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
10899
10900 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
10901 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
10902 before).
10903
10904 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
10905 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
10906 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
10907 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
10908 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
10909 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
10910 the new --root-hash= command line option).
10911
10912 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
10913 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
10914 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
10915 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
10916 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
10917 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
10918 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
10919 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
10920 versions.
10921
10922 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
10923 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
10924 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
10925 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
10926 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
10927 partition should be identical to the upper 128-bit of the Verity root
10928 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
10929 should be the lower 128-bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
10930 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
10931 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
10932 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
10933 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
10934 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
10935 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
10936 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
10937 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
10938 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
10939 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
10940 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
10941 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
10942 a Verity-enabled root partition.
10943
10944 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
10945 accelerometer quirks.
10946
10947 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
10948 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
10949 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
10950 ID of each service.
10951
10952 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
10953 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
10954 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
10955 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
10956 view.
10957
10958 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
10959 environment variables:
10960
10961 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
10962
10963 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
10964 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
10965 address.
10966
10967 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
10968 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
10969 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
10970
10971 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
10972 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
10973 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
10974 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
10975 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
10976 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
10977 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
10978 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
10979 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
10980 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
10981 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
10982 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
10983 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
10984
10985 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
10986 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
10987 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
10988
10989 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
10990 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
10991
10992 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
10993 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
10994 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
10995 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
10996 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
10997
10998 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
10999 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
11000 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
11001
11002 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
11003 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
11004
11005 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
11006 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
11007 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
11008 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
11009
11010 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
11011 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
11012 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
11013 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
11014 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
11015 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
11016 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
11017 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
11018 possibly even including full integrity data.
11019
11020 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
11021 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
11022 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
11023 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
11024 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
11025
11026 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
11027 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
11028 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
11029 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
11030 directly with systemd-nspawn.
11031
11032 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
11033 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
11034 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
11035 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
11036
11037 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
11038 of coredumps in reverse order.
11039
11040 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
11041 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
11042 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
11043 additional informational message in its output.
11044
11045 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
11046 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
11047 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
11048
11049 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
11050 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
11051 scripting languages such as Python.
11052
11053 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
11054 namespacing is enabled for them.
11055
11056 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
11057 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
11058 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
11059 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
11060 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
11061 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
11062
11063 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
11064 root key (KSK).
11065
11066 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
11067 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
11068 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
11069
11070 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
11071 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
11072 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
11073 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
11074 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
11075 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
11076 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
11077 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
11078 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
11079 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
11080 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
11081 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
11082 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
11083 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
11084 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
11085 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
11086 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
11087 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
11088 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
11089 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
11090 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
11091 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
11092 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
11093 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
11094 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
11095 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
11096 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
11097 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
11098 Тихонов
11099
11100 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
11101
11102 CHANGES WITH 232:
11103
11104 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
11105 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
11106 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
11107 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
11108 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
11109 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
11110
11111 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
11112 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
11113
11114 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
11115 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
11116 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
11117
11118 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
11119 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
11120 to be remounted read-only for a service.
11121
11122 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
11123 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
11124 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
11125 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
11126
11127 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
11128 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
11129
11130 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
11131 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
11132 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
11133
11134 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
11135 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
11136 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
11137 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
11138 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
11139 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
11140 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
11141 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
11142 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
11143 permanent modifications to the system.
11144
11145 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
11146 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
11147 container or chroot environments.
11148
11149 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
11150 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
11151 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
11152 mapped to nobody.
11153
11154 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
11155 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
11156 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
11157 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
11158
11159 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
11160 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
11161
11162 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
11163 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
11164 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
11165 and the support is provisional.
11166
11167 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
11168 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
11169 unit files in the file system).
11170
11171 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
11172 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
11173 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
11174 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
11175 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
11176 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
11177 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
11178 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
11179 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
11180 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
11181 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
11182 state is fixed automatically.
11183
11184 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
11185 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
11186 option.
11187
11188 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
11189 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
11190 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
11191 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
11192 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
11193 else.
11194
11195 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
11196 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
11197 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
11198 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
11199 bootable on physical systems.
11200
11201 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
11202
11203 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
11204 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
11205 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
11206 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
11207 used.
11208
11209 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
11210 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
11211 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
11212 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
11213
11214 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
11215
11216 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
11217 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
11218 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
11219 of the container).
11220
11221 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
11222 files from the specified location.
11223
11224 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
11225 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
11226 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
11227 be active.
11228
11229 * The hardware database has been extended to support
11230 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
11231 trackball devices.
11232
11233 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
11234 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
11235 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
11236
11237 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
11238 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
11239 specified service binary exited.)
11240
11241 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
11242 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
11243
11244 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
11245 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
11246 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
11247 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
11248 --since= and --until= options.
11249
11250 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
11251 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
11252 are automatically propagated to the container.
11253
11254 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
11255 from a single IP address can be limited with
11256 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
11257 MaxConnections=.
11258
11259 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
11260 configuration.
11261
11262 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
11263 drop-ins.
11264
11265 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
11266 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
11267 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
11268 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
11269 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
11270 [Link] section of .link files.
11271
11272 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
11273 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
11274 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
11275 section of .netdev files.
11276
11277 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
11278 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
11279 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
11280
11281 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
11282 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
11283 .network files.
11284
11285 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
11286 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
11287 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
11288 service runtime cycle.
11289
11290 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
11291 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
11292 has been traditionally doing.
11293
11294 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
11295 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
11296 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
11297 prevent any later plugins from running.
11298
11299 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
11300 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
11301 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
11302 default of SplitMode=uid.
11303
11304 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
11305 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
11306 useful.
11307
11308 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
11309 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
11310 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
11311 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
11312 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
11313 individual namespaces.
11314
11315 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
11316 the output, as well as OS release information.
11317
11318 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
11319
11320 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
11321 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
11322 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
11323 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
11324 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
11325
11326 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
11327 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
11328 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
11329 severed.
11330
11331 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
11332 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
11333 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
11334 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
11335 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
11336 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
11337 information about exit statuses and results.
11338
11339 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
11340 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
11341 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
11342 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
11343 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
11344 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
11345
11346 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
11347
11348 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
11349 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
11350 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
11351 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
11352 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
11353 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
11354 entirely.
11355
11356 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
11357 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
11358 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
11359
11360 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
11361 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
11362 ID (a 128-bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
11363 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
11364 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
11365 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
11366 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
11367 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
11368 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
11369 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
11370 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
11371 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
11372 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
11373 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
11374 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
11375 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
11376 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
11377
11378 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
11379 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
11380 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
11381 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
11382
11383 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
11384 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
11385 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
11386 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
11387
11388 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
11389 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
11390 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
11391 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
11392 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
11393 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
11394 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
11395 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
11396 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
11397 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
11398 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
11399 fragment entirely.)
11400
11401 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
11402 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
11403 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
11404
11405 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
11406 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
11407 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
11408 FileDescriptorName= setting.
11409
11410 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
11411 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
11412 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
11413 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
11414 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
11415 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
11416
11417 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
11418 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
11419
11420 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
11421 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
11422
11423 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
11424 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
11425 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
11426 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
11427 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
11428
11429 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
11430 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
11431 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
11432 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
11433 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
11434 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
11435 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
11436 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
11437 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
11438 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
11439 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
11440 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
11441 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
11442 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
11443 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
11444 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
11445 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
11446 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
11447 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
11448 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
11449 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
11450 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
11451 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
11452 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
11453 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
11454 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
11455
11456 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
11457
11458 CHANGES WITH 231:
11459
11460 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
11461 with an additional special character as first argument of the
11462 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
11463 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
11464 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
11465 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
11466 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
11467 independently.
11468
11469 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
11470 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
11471
11472 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
11473 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
11474 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
11475 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
11476 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
11477 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
11478 values.
11479
11480 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
11481 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
11482 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
11483 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
11484 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
11485
11486 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
11487 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
11488 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
11489 7:10am every day.
11490
11491 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
11492 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
11493 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
11494 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
11495 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
11496 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
11497 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
11498 available for compatibility.
11499
11500 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
11501 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
11502 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
11503 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
11504 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
11505 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
11506
11507 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
11508 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
11509 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
11510 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
11511 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
11512 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
11513 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
11514 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
11515 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
11516
11517 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
11518 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
11519 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
11520 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e.g. put container
11521 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
11522 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
11523 desired options.
11524
11525 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
11526 cgroup v2.
11527
11528 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
11529 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
11530 limited to subgroups of that group.
11531
11532 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
11533 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
11534 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
11535 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
11536 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
11537 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
11538 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
11539 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
11540
11541 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
11542 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
11543 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
11544 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
11545 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
11546 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
11547 own long-running services.
11548
11549 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
11550 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
11551 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
11552 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
11553
11554 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
11555 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
11556 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
11557 propagates this notification further to the service manager
11558 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
11559 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
11560 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
11561 primitives.
11562
11563 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
11564 "terminate".
11565
11566 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
11567 link-local IPv6 addresses.
11568
11569 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
11570 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
11571 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
11572 --flush-caches".
11573
11574 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
11575 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
11576 is shown.
11577
11578 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
11579 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
11580 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
11581 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
11582 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
11583 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
11584
11585 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
11586 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
11587 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
11588 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
11589 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
11590 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
11591 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
11592 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
11593 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
11594 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
11595 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
11596 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
11597 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
11598 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
11599 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
11600 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
11601 bus API instead.
11602
11603 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
11604 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
11605 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
11606 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
11607
11608 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
11609 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
11610 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
11611 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
11612
11613 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
11614 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
11615 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
11616
11617 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
11618 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
11619
11620 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
11621 interface configuration.
11622
11623 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
11624 specifying the --force switch.
11625
11626 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
11627 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
11628 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
11629
11630 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
11631 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
11632 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
11633 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
11634 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
11635 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
11636 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
11637 to be handled.
11638
11639 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
11640 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
11641
11642 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
11643 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
11644
11645 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
11646 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
11647 of persistent symlinks for that device.
11648
11649 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
11650 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
11651
11652 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
11653 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
11654 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
11655 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
11656 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
11657 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
11658 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
11659 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
11660 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
11661 library.
11662
11663 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
11664 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
11665 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
11666 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
11667 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
11668 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
11669 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
11670 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
11671 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
11672 doc/HACKING for details.
11673
11674 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
11675 distribution's bugtracker.
11676
11677 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
11678 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
11679 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
11680 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
11681 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
11682 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
11683 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
11684 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
11685 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
11686 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
11687 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
11688 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
11689 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
11690 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
11691 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
11692 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
11693 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
11694 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
11695 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11696
11697 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
11698
11699 CHANGES WITH 230:
11700
11701 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
11702 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
11703 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
11704 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
11705 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
11706 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
11707 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
11708 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
11709 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
11710 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
11711 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
11712 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
11713 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
11714 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
11715 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
11716 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
11717 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
11718 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
11719 applications.)
11720
11721 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
11722 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
11723 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
11724
11725 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
11726 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
11727 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
11728 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
11729 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
11730 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
11731 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
11732
11733 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
11734 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
11735 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
11736 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
11737 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
11738 command works for tmux.
11739
11740 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
11741 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
11742 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
11743 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
11744 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
11745 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
11746
11747 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
11748 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
11749
11750 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
11751 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
11752 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
11753
11754 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
11755
11756 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
11757 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
11758 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
11759 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
11760 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
11761
11762 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
11763 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
11764 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
11765 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
11766
11767 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
11768 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
11769 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
11770 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
11771 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
11772 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
11773
11774 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
11775 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
11776 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
11777
11778 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
11779 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
11780 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
11781 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
11782 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
11783 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
11784
11785 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
11786 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
11787 address.
11788
11789 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
11790 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
11791 should be emitted.
11792
11793 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
11794 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
11795 supported.
11796
11797 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
11798 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
11799 logging performance.
11800
11801 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
11802 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
11803 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
11804 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
11805 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
11806 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
11807
11808 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
11809 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
11810 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
11811 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
11812
11813 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
11814 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
11815
11816 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
11817 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
11818 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
11819
11820 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
11821
11822 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
11823 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
11824 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
11825 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
11826
11827 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
11828 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
11829 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
11830 refuse to operate on such files.
11831
11832 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
11833 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
11834 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
11835
11836 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
11837 just hidden container images.
11838
11839 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
11840 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
11841
11842 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
11843 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
11844 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
11845 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
11846 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
11847 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
11848 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
11849 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
11850 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
11851 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
11852 been changed to use this functionality by default.
11853
11854 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
11855 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
11856 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
11857 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
11858 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
11859 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
11860 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
11861 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
11862 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
11863 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
11864 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
11865 terminates.
11866
11867 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
11868 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
11869 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
11870 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
11871
11872 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
11873 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
11874 rate of the socket unit.
11875
11876 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
11877 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
11878 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
11879 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
11880 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
11881
11882 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
11883 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
11884 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
11885 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
11886 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
11887 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
11888 with this.
11889
11890 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
11891 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
11892
11893 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
11894 merged into the kernel in its current form.
11895
11896 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
11897 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
11898 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
11899 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
11900 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
11901
11902 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
11903 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
11904 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
11905
11906 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
11907 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
11908 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
11909 target is now included in early userspace.
11910
11911 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
11912 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
11913 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
11914 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
11915 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
11916 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
11917 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
11918 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
11919 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
11920 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
11921 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
11922 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
11923 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
11924 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
11925 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
11926 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
11927 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
11928 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
11929 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
11930 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
11931 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
11932 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
11933 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
11934 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
11935 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
11936 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11937
11938 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
11939
11940 CHANGES WITH 229:
11941
11942 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
11943 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
11944 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
11945 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
11946 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
11947 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
11948 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
11949 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
11950 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
11951 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
11952 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
11953 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
11954 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
11955
11956 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
11957 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
11958 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
11959 /usr/bin.
11960
11961 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
11962 devices.
11963
11964 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
11965 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
11966 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
11967 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
11968 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
11969 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
11970 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
11971 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
11972 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
11973 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
11974 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
11975 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
11976 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
11977 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
11978 this limit.
11979
11980 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
11981 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
11982 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
11983 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
11984 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
11985 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
11986 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
11987 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
11988
11989 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
11990 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
11991 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
11992 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
11993 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
11994 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
11995 and group at package installation time.
11996
11997 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
11998 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
11999 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
12000 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
12001 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
12002
12003 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
12004 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
12005 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
12006 supports it.
12007
12008 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
12009 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
12010
12011 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
12012 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
12013 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
12014 file is already initialized.
12015
12016 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
12017 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
12018 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
12019 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
12020 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
12021 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
12022 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
12023 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
12024 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
12025
12026 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
12027 working directory for the process started in the container.
12028
12029 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
12030 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
12031 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
12032 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
12033 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
12034
12035 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
12036 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
12037 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
12038
12039 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
12040 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
12041 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
12042 sd_journal_restart_fields().
12043
12044 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
12045 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
12046 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
12047 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
12048 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
12049
12050 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
12051 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
12052 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
12053 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
12054
12055 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
12056 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
12057 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
12058 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
12059 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
12060 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
12061 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
12062 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
12063 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
12064 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
12065 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
12066 by PID 1.
12067
12068 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
12069 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
12070 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
12071 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
12072 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
12073 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
12074 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
12075 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
12076
12077 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
12078
12079 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
12080 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
12081 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
12082
12083 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
12084 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
12085 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
12086 recent kernels.
12087
12088 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
12089 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
12090
12091 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
12092 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
12093 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
12094 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
12095 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
12096 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
12097 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
12098 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
12099 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
12100 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
12101 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
12102 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
12103 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
12104
12105 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
12106 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
12107 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
12108 clusters or larger setups.
12109
12110 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
12111
12112 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
12113 sockets.
12114
12115 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
12116
12117 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
12118 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
12119 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
12120 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
12121 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
12122 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
12123
12124 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
12125 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
12126 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
12127
12128 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
12129 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
12130 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
12131 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
12132
12133 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
12134
12135 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
12136 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
12137 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
12138 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
12139 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
12140 maintain compatibility.
12141
12142 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
12143 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
12144 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
12145 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
12146 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
12147 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
12148 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
12149 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
12150 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
12151 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
12152 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
12153 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
12154 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
12155 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
12156 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
12157 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
12158 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12159 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
12160 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12161
12162 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
12163
12164 CHANGES WITH 228:
12165
12166 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
12167 files are now also available as properties to set when
12168 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
12169 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
12170 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
12171 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
12172 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
12173 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
12174 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
12175
12176 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
12177 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
12178 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
12179
12180 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
12181 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
12182 created transiently.
12183
12184 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
12185 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
12186 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
12187 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
12188 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
12189 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
12190 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
12191 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
12192
12193 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
12194 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
12195 disk and sync the files, before returning.
12196
12197 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
12198 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
12199 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
12200 enabled.
12201
12202 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
12203 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
12204 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
12205 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
12206 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
12207 subvolumes.
12208
12209 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
12210 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
12211
12212 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
12213 individual indexes.
12214
12215 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
12216 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
12217 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
12218 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
12219 now.
12220
12221 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
12222 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
12223 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
12224 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
12225 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
12226 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
12227 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
12228 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
12229 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
12230 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
12231 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
12232 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
12233 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
12234 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
12235 number of processes or tasks each user may own
12236 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
12237 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
12238 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
12239 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
12240 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
12241 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
12242
12243 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
12244 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
12245 links between the host and the container.
12246
12247 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
12248 added that allows importing select environment variables
12249 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
12250 the service.
12251
12252 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
12253 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
12254 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
12255 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
12256 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
12257 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
12258 than until they first elapse.
12259
12260 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
12261 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
12262 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
12263 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
12264 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
12265 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
12266 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
12267 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
12268
12269 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
12270 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
12271 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
12272 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
12273 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
12274 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
12275 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
12276 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
12277 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
12278 journal and in coredump handling.
12279
12280 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
12281 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
12282 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
12283 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
12284 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
12285 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
12286 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
12287 software you package still references it, as this is a
12288 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
12289 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
12290
12291 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
12292
12293 Note that only util-linux versions built with
12294 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
12295
12296 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
12297 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
12298 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
12299
12300 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
12301 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
12302 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
12303 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
12304 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
12305 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
12306 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
12307 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
12308 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
12309 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
12310 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
12311 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
12312 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
12313 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
12314 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
12315 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
12316
12317 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
12318 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
12319 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
12320 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
12321 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
12322 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
12323 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
12324 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
12325 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
12326 surprises.
12327
12328 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
12329 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
12330 to the various user database fields of the user that the
12331 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
12332 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
12333 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
12334 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
12335 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
12336 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
12337 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
12338 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
12339 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
12340 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
12341 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
12342 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
12343 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
12344 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
12345 of PID 1 is the root user).
12346
12347 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
12348 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
12349 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
12350 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
12351 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
12352 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
12353 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
12354 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
12355 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
12356 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
12357 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
12358 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
12359 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
12360 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
12361 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12362
12363 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
12364
12365 CHANGES WITH 227:
12366
12367 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
12368 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
12369 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
12370
12371 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
12372 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
12373 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
12374 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
12375 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
12376 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
12377
12378 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
12379 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
12380 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
12381 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
12382 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
12383
12384 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
12385 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
12386 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
12387 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
12388 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
12389 packets on unestablished sockets.
12390
12391 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
12392 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
12393 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
12394 automatically.
12395
12396 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
12397 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
12398 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
12399
12400 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
12401 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
12402 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
12403 for disk IO.
12404
12405 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
12406 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
12407 removed.
12408
12409 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
12410 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
12411 directory is set to the home directory of the user
12412 configured in User=.
12413
12414 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
12415 directory of the selected user by default.
12416
12417 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
12418 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
12419 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
12420 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
12421 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
12422 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
12423 compat reasons.
12424
12425 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
12426 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
12427 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
12428 units.
12429
12430 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
12431 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
12432 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
12433 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
12434 level.
12435
12436 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
12437 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
12438 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
12439 namespaces work correctly.
12440
12441 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
12442 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
12443 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
12444 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
12445 activation.
12446
12447 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
12448 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
12449 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
12450 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
12451 system instance in a container.
12452
12453 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
12454 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
12455 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
12456 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
12457 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
12458 connections.
12459
12460 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
12461 show the control groups within a certain container only.
12462
12463 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
12464 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
12465 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
12466 processes attached, or similar.
12467
12468 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
12469 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
12470 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
12471
12472 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
12473 specifiers like %i or %f.
12474
12475 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
12476 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
12477 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
12478 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
12479
12480 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
12481 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
12482 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
12483 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
12484 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
12485 descriptors using sd_notify().
12486
12487 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
12488
12489 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
12490 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
12491
12492 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
12493 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
12494
12495 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
12496 .network files.
12497
12498 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
12499 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
12500 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
12501 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
12502 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
12503 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
12504 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
12505 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
12506 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
12507 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
12508 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
12509 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
12510 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
12511 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
12512 gdm-autologin is used.
12513
12514 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
12515 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
12516 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
12517 next to the image file.
12518
12519 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
12520 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
12521 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
12522 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
12523
12524 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
12525 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
12526 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
12527 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
12528 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
12529 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
12530
12531 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
12532 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
12533 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
12534 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
12535 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
12536 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
12537 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
12538 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
12539 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
12540 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
12541 number of files in place.
12542
12543 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
12544 on kernels where that is supported.
12545
12546 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
12547
12548 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
12549 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
12550 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
12551 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
12552 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
12553 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
12554 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
12555 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
12556 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
12557 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
12558 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
12559 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
12560 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
12561 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
12562 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
12563 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12564 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
12565 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
12566
12567 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
12568
12569 CHANGES WITH 226:
12570
12571 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
12572 new features:
12573
12574 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
12575 information. It may be enabled and configured via
12576 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
12577 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
12578 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
12579 is any) is propagated.
12580
12581 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
12582 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
12583 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
12584 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
12585 information is enabled between host and containers by
12586 default now: the container will change its local timezone
12587 to what the host has set.
12588
12589 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
12590 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
12591
12592 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
12593 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
12594 information back, even if the server loses state.
12595
12596 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
12597 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
12598 PoolSize=.
12599
12600 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
12601 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
12602 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
12603 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
12604
12605 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
12606 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
12607 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
12608 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
12609 'dbus-daemon' systems.
12610
12611 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
12612 for virtio devices.
12613
12614 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
12615 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
12616 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
12617 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
12618 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
12619 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
12620 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
12621 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
12622 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
12623 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
12624 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
12625 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
12626 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
12627 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
12628 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
12629 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
12630 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
12631 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
12632 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
12633 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
12634 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
12635 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
12636 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
12637 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
12638 grants them.
12639
12640 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
12641 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
12642 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
12643 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
12644 group tree.
12645
12646 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
12647 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
12648 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
12649 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
12650 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
12651 work correctly in containers now.
12652
12653 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
12654 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
12655
12656 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
12657 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
12658 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
12659 function call is particularly useful when implementing
12660 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
12661
12662 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
12663 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
12664 signal events.
12665
12666 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
12667 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
12668 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
12669 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
12670
12671 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
12672 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
12673 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
12674 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
12675 nspawn command line.
12676
12677 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
12678 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
12679 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
12680 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
12681 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
12682 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
12683 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12684 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
12685
12686 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
12687
12688 CHANGES WITH 225:
12689
12690 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
12691 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
12692 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
12693 shell directly without prompting for username or
12694 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
12695 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
12696 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
12697 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
12698 the originating session.
12699
12700 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
12701 options and allows other programs to query the values.
12702
12703 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
12704 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
12705 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
12706 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
12707 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
12708 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
12709 probably not stabilize on this release.
12710
12711 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
12712 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
12713 messages.
12714
12715 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
12716 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
12717 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
12718
12719 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
12720 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
12721
12722 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
12723 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
12724 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
12725 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
12726 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
12727 posteriori.
12728
12729 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
12730 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
12731
12732 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
12733 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
12734 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
12735 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
12736 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
12737 "lastlog" tools.
12738
12739 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
12740 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
12741 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
12742 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
12743 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
12744
12745 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
12746 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
12747 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
12748 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
12749 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
12750 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
12751 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
12752 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
12753 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
12754 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
12755 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
12756 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12757
12758 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
12759
12760 CHANGES WITH 224:
12761
12762 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
12763 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
12764
12765 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
12766 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
12767 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
12768
12769 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
12770 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12771 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
12772
12773 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
12774
12775 CHANGES WITH 223:
12776
12777 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
12778 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
12779 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
12780 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
12781
12782 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
12783 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
12784
12785 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
12786 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
12787
12788 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
12789
12790 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
12791 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
12792 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
12793
12794 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
12795 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
12796 decapsulated packet.
12797
12798 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
12799 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
12800 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
12801 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
12802 netlink attribute.
12803
12804 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
12805 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
12806 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
12807 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
12808
12809 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
12810 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
12811 according to RFC2460.
12812
12813 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
12814 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
12815
12816 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
12817 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
12818 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
12819
12820 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
12821 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
12822 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
12823 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
12824 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
12825 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
12826
12827 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
12828 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
12829 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
12830 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
12831 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
12832 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
12833 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
12834 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
12835 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
12836 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12837
12838 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
12839
12840 CHANGES WITH 222:
12841
12842 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
12843 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
12844 or should be used to work around such bugs.
12845
12846 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
12847 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
12848
12849 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
12850 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
12851 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
12852 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
12853 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
12854
12855 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
12856 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
12857 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
12858
12859 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
12860 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
12861 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
12862 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
12863 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
12864
12865 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
12866
12867 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
12868 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
12869 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
12870 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
12871 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
12872 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12873 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
12874 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
12875 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
12876 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12877
12878 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
12879
12880 CHANGES WITH 221:
12881
12882 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
12883 stable and have been added to the official interface of
12884 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
12885 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
12886 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
12887 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
12888 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
12889 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
12890 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
12891 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
12892 portable to other kernels.
12893
12894 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
12895 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
12896 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
12897 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
12898 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
12899 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
12900 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
12901 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
12902 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
12903 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
12904 systemd enabled.
12905
12906 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
12907 2.26.
12908
12909 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
12910 favor of calling an abstraction tool
12911 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
12912 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
12913 in README for details.
12914
12915 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
12916 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
12917 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
12918 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
12919 unit.
12920
12921 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
12922 into man pages.
12923
12924 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
12925 external project.
12926
12927 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
12928 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
12929
12930 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
12931 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
12932 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
12933 state.
12934
12935 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
12936 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
12937 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
12938
12939 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
12940 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
12941 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
12942 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
12943 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
12944 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
12945 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
12946 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
12947 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
12948 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
12949 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
12950 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
12951 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
12952 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
12953 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
12954 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12955
12956 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
12957
12958 CHANGES WITH 220:
12959
12960 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
12961 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
12962 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
12963 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
12964 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
12965 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
12966 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
12967 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
12968
12969 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
12970 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
12971 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
12972 service consumed). This value is only available if
12973 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
12974 in the "systemctl status" output.
12975
12976 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
12977 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
12978 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
12979 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
12980 previously was already the default behaviour).
12981
12982 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
12983 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
12984 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
12985
12986 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
12987 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
12988 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
12989 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
12990
12991 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
12992 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
12993 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
12994 journaling file systems that support external journal
12995 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
12996 systems to be mounted.
12997
12998 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
12999 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
13000 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
13001 stable release this should not be problematic.
13002
13003 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
13004 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
13005 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
13006 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
13007 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
13008
13009 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
13010 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
13011 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
13012 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
13013 network switches.
13014
13015 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
13016 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
13017
13018 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
13019 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
13020 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
13021
13022 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
13023
13024 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
13025 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
13026 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
13027 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
13028 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
13029 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
13030 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
13031 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
13032 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
13033 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
13034 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
13035 been fixed in v220.
13036
13037 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
13038 systemd-networkd.
13039
13040 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
13041 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
13042 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
13043 containers started from the command line.
13044
13045 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
13046 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
13047
13048 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
13049 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
13050 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
13051 indirection via a pseudo tty.
13052
13053 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
13054 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
13055 when shutting down.
13056
13057 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
13058 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
13059 overlayfs support.
13060
13061 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
13062 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
13063 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
13064 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
13065 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
13066 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
13067 images are imported via systemd-importd.
13068
13069 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
13070 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
13071 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
13072
13073 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
13074 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
13075 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
13076 of v1 as before).
13077
13078 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
13079 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
13080
13081 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
13082 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
13083 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
13084 without further privileges or authorization.
13085
13086 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
13087 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
13088 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
13089 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
13090 accessible via a bus interface.
13091
13092 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
13093 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
13094 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
13095 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
13096 to cover this functionality.
13097
13098 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
13099 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
13100 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
13101 disabled/masked also stopped.
13102
13103 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
13104 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
13105 updated to support systemd-boot.
13106
13107 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
13108 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
13109 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
13110 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
13111 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
13112 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
13113 like this and can extract OS release information from them
13114 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
13115 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
13116
13117 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
13118 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
13119 system.
13120
13121 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
13122 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
13123 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
13124 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
13125
13126 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
13127 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
13128 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
13129 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
13130
13131 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
13132 stick devices has been added.
13133
13134 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
13135 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
13136
13137 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
13138 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
13139 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
13140 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
13141 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
13142
13143 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
13144 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
13145 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
13146
13147 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
13148 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
13149 Debian.
13150
13151 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
13152 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
13153 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
13154
13155 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
13156 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
13157 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
13158 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
13159 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
13160 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
13161 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
13162 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
13163 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
13164 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
13165 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
13166 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
13167 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
13168 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
13169 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
13170 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
13171 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
13172 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
13173 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
13174 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
13175 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
13176 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
13177 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
13178 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
13179 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
13180 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
13181 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13182
13183 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
13184
13185 CHANGES WITH 219:
13186
13187 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
13188 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
13189 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
13190 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
13191 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
13192 interface with and update the database.
13193
13194 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
13195 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
13196 before bytewise copying is done.
13197
13198 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
13199 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
13200 directory, and immediately removed when the container
13201 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
13202 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
13203 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
13204 for starting a container off the root file system of the
13205 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
13206 available on btrfs file systems.
13207
13208 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
13209 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
13210 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
13211 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
13212 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
13213 systems.
13214
13215 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
13216 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
13217 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
13218 mount point remains.
13219
13220 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
13221 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
13222 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
13223 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
13224 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
13225 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
13226 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
13227 are disabled.
13228
13229 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
13230 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
13231 container to the host or vice versa.
13232
13233 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
13234 mount host directories into local containers. This is
13235 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
13236
13237 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
13238 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
13239
13240 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
13241 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
13242 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
13243 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
13244 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
13245 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
13246 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
13247 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
13248 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
13249 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
13250 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
13251 make the functionality of importd available to the
13252 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
13253 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
13254 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
13255 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
13256 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
13257 only fully supported on btrfs.
13258
13259 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
13260 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
13261 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
13262 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
13263 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
13264 information about images.
13265
13266 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
13267 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
13268 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
13269 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
13270 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
13271 legacy file systems).
13272
13273 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
13274 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
13275 shown in networkctl output.
13276
13277 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
13278 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
13279 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
13280 processes as system services while interactively
13281 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
13282 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
13283 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
13284 full login session, the difference being that the former
13285 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
13286 setup.
13287
13288 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
13289 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
13290 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
13291 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
13292 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
13293
13294 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
13295 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
13296 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
13297 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
13298 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
13299 via qemu/kvm.
13300
13301 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
13302 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
13303 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
13304 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
13305 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
13306 disk images, too.
13307
13308 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
13309 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
13310 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
13311 integrate with that.
13312
13313 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
13314 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
13315 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
13316 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
13317
13318 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
13319 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
13320 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
13321
13322 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
13323 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
13324 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
13325 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
13326 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
13327 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
13328 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
13329 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
13330 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
13331 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
13332
13333 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
13334 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
13335 files.
13336
13337 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
13338 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
13339 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
13340 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
13341 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
13342 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
13343 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
13344 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
13345 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
13346 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
13347 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
13348 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
13349 explicitly turned on.
13350
13351 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
13352 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
13353 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
13354 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
13355
13356 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
13357 supported.
13358
13359 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
13360 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
13361 user/session following the status output. Similar,
13362 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
13363 associated with a virtual machine or container
13364 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
13365 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
13366 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
13367 output however.)
13368
13369 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
13370 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
13371 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
13372 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
13373 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
13374 caller's session/user.
13375
13376 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
13377 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
13378 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
13379 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
13380 user services.
13381
13382 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
13383 same way as unit files.
13384
13385 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
13386 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
13387 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
13388 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
13389 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
13390 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
13391 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
13392 the host.
13393
13394 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
13395 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
13396 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
13397 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
13398 the host as if their services were running directly on the
13399 host.
13400
13401 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
13402 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
13403 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
13404 updated to make use of it too by default.
13405
13406 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
13407 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
13408 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
13409 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
13410
13411 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
13412 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
13413 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
13414 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
13415 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
13416 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
13417 modification.
13418
13419 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
13420 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
13421 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
13422 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
13423 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
13424 information about Touchpad types.
13425
13426 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
13427 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
13428
13429 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
13430 Policy link field.
13431
13432 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
13433 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
13434
13435 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
13436 ACLs on files.
13437
13438 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
13439 tmpfs, automatically.
13440
13441 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
13442 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
13443 status" output, if available.
13444
13445 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
13446 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
13447 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
13448 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
13449 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
13450 run on next reboot.
13451
13452 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
13453 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
13454 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
13455 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
13456 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
13457 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
13458 ejected or a USB stick is yanked from the system.
13459
13460 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
13461 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
13462 after a configurable timeout.
13463
13464 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
13465 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
13466 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
13467 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
13468 it non-idle.
13469
13470 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
13471 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
13472
13473 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
13474 each .network interface in networkd.
13475
13476 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
13477 in .network files.
13478
13479 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
13480 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
13481
13482 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
13483 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
13484 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
13485 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
13486 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
13487 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
13488 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
13489 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
13490 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
13491 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
13492 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
13493 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13494 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
13495 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
13496 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
13497 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
13498 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
13499 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
13500 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
13501 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
13502 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
13503 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
13504 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
13505 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13506
13507 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
13508
13509 CHANGES WITH 218:
13510
13511 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
13512 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
13513 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
13514 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
13515
13516 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
13517 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
13518 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
13519 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
13520 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
13521
13522 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
13523
13524 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
13525 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
13526 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
13527 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
13528 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
13529 modified configuration after editing.
13530
13531 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
13532 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
13533 system preset files.
13534
13535 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
13536 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
13537 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
13538 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
13539 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
13540 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
13541 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
13542 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
13543 other contexts.
13544
13545 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
13546 inhibitors.
13547
13548 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
13549 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
13550 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
13551 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
13552 managers.
13553
13554 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
13555 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
13556 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
13557 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
13558 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
13559 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
13560 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
13561 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
13562 parallel to journald.
13563
13564 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
13565 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
13566 available.
13567
13568 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
13569 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
13570 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
13571 or are not older than the specified time.
13572
13573 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
13574 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
13575 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
13576 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
13577
13578 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
13579 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
13580 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
13581 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
13582 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
13583 communication.
13584
13585 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
13586 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
13587 services.
13588
13589 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
13590 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
13591 including their signature and values. This is particularly
13592 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
13593 the new "busctl tree" command.
13594
13595 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
13596 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
13597 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
13598 friendly way.
13599
13600 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
13601 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
13602 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
13603 race-ful way.
13604
13605 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
13606 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
13607 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
13608 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
13609 --link-journal=try-guest.
13610
13611 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
13612 stable MAC addresses.
13613
13614 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
13615 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
13616 the respective unit shall use.
13617
13618 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
13619 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
13620 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
13621 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
13622
13623 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
13624 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
13625 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
13626 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
13627 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
13628 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
13629
13630 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
13631 details see:
13632
13633 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
13634
13635 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
13636 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
13637 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
13638 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
13639 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
13640 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
13641 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
13642 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
13643 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
13644 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
13645 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
13646 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
13647
13648 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
13649 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
13650 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
13651 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
13652 bluetooth, …) is used.
13653
13654 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
13655 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
13656 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
13657 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
13658 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
13659 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
13660 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
13661 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
13662
13663 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
13664 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
13665 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
13666 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
13667 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
13668 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
13669 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
13670 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
13671 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
13672 interface.
13673
13674 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
13675 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
13676 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
13677 luks.name= argument.
13678
13679 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
13680 (this was previously already available for scope and service
13681 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
13682 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
13683 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
13684 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
13685
13686 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
13687 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
13688 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
13689
13690 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
13691 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
13692 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
13693 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
13694 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
13695 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
13696 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
13697 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13698 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
13699 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
13700 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
13701 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
13702 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
13703 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
13704 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
13705 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
13706 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
13707 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13708
13709 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
13710
13711 CHANGES WITH 217:
13712
13713 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
13714 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
13715 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
13716 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
13717
13718 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
13719 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
13720 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
13721 now waits until the operation is complete.
13722
13723 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
13724 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
13725 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
13726 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
13727 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
13728 connection.
13729
13730 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
13731 commands anymore.
13732
13733 * User units are now loaded also from
13734 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
13735 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
13736 supported, but is under the control of the user.
13737
13738 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
13739 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
13740 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
13741 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
13742 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
13743 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
13744 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
13745 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
13746 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
13747 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
13748 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
13749 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
13750 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
13751 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
13752 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
13753 question.
13754
13755 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
13756 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
13757 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
13758
13759 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
13760 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
13761 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
13762 command line to trigger resume.
13763
13764 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
13765 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
13766 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
13767 Desktop=systemd-console.
13768
13769 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
13770 systemd-networkd.
13771
13772 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
13773 from the information provided by the networking stack
13774 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
13775
13776 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
13777 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
13778
13779 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
13780 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
13781 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
13782
13783 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
13784
13785 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
13786 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
13787 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
13788 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
13789 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
13790 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
13791
13792 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
13793 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
13794 respected.
13795
13796 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
13797 virtualization.
13798
13799 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
13800 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
13801 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
13802 on.
13803
13804 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
13805
13806 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
13807
13808 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
13809 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
13810 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
13811 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
13812 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
13813 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
13814 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
13815
13816 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
13817 available for service units, that allows locking all service
13818 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
13819 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
13820 from the service's view entirely.
13821
13822 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
13823 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
13824
13825 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
13826 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
13827 session.
13828
13829 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
13830 legacy-free systems.
13831
13832 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
13833 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
13834 easily.
13835
13836 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
13837 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
13838 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
13839 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
13840 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
13841 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
13842 option.
13843
13844 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
13845 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
13846 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
13847 /usr.
13848
13849 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
13850 services, not only the main process.
13851
13852 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
13853 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
13854 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
13855 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
13856 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
13857
13858 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
13859 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
13860 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
13861 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
13862 directly from now on, again.
13863
13864 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
13865 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
13866 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
13867 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
13868 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
13869 enabling and disabling.
13870
13871 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
13872 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
13873 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
13874 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
13875 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
13876 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
13877 unnecessary or unlikely.
13878
13879 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
13880 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
13881 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
13882 "annually", "hourly", …).
13883
13884 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
13885 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
13886 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
13887 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
13888 overwritten at runtime.
13889
13890 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
13891 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
13892 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
13893 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
13894 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
13895 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
13896 segmentation fault.
13897
13898 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
13899 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
13900 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
13901 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
13902 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
13903 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
13904 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
13905 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
13906 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
13907 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
13908 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
13909 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
13910 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
13911 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
13912 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
13913 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
13914 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
13915 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
13916 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
13917 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
13918 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13919 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13920
13921 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
13922
13923 CHANGES WITH 216:
13924
13925 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
13926 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
13927 implementations should add a
13928
13929 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
13930
13931 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
13932 default functionality.
13933
13934 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
13935 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
13936 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
13937 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
13938 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
13939 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
13940 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
13941 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
13942 files might need to be owned by them. A new
13943 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
13944 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
13945 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
13946 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
13947
13948 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
13949 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
13950 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
13951 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
13952 added eventually, too.
13953
13954 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
13955 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
13956 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
13957 new command to update these fields.
13958
13959 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
13960 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
13961 have been discovered via DHCP.
13962
13963 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
13964 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
13965 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
13966 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
13967 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
13968 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
13969 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
13970 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
13971 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
13972 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
13973 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
13974 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
13975 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
13976 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
13977 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
13978 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
13979 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
13980 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
13981 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
13982 implementation to systemd-resolved.
13983
13984 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
13985 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
13986 containers to their respective IP addresses.
13987
13988 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
13989 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
13990 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
13991 and present it to the user in a very friendly
13992 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
13993 control utility for networkd.
13994
13995 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
13996 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
13997 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
13998 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
13999 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
14000 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
14001 (NoDelay=).
14002
14003 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
14004 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
14005
14006 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
14007 be started only after time-sync.target has been
14008 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
14009 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
14010 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
14011 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
14012
14013 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
14014 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
14015 of the link.
14016
14017 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
14018 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
14019
14020 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
14021 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
14022
14023 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
14024 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
14025 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
14026 for DHCP.
14027
14028 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
14029 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
14030 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
14031 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
14032 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
14033 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
14034 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
14035 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
14036
14037 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
14038 validation of unit files.
14039
14040 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
14041 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
14042 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
14043 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
14044 address may now be configured.
14045
14046 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
14047 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
14048 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
14049 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
14050
14051 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
14052 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
14053
14054 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
14055 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
14056 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
14057 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
14058
14059 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
14060 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
14061 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
14062 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
14063 implementation.
14064
14065 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
14066 journal data to a remote system running
14067 systemd-journal-remote.
14068
14069 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
14070 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
14071 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
14072 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
14073 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
14074 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
14075 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
14076 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
14077 version, you have to turn this option on again
14078 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
14079
14080 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
14081 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
14082 better than XZ which was the previous default.
14083
14084 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
14085 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
14086
14087 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
14088 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
14089
14090 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
14091 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
14092 "systemctl status" output for a service.
14093
14094 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
14095 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
14096 hostname, root password) interactively on first
14097 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
14098 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
14099
14100 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
14101
14102 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
14103
14104 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
14105 when primary addresses are removed.
14106
14107 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
14108 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
14109 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
14110 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
14111 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
14112 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
14113 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14114 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
14115 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
14116 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
14117 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
14118 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
14119 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
14120 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
14121 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14122
14123 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
14124
14125 CHANGES WITH 215:
14126
14127 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
14128 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
14129 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
14130 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
14131 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
14132 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
14133 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
14134 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
14135 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
14136 require.
14137
14138 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
14139 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
14140
14141 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
14142 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
14143 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
14144 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
14145 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
14146 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
14147 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
14148
14149 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
14150 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
14151 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
14152 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
14153 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
14154 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
14155 update or reset should use this condition and order
14156 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
14157 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
14158 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
14159 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
14160 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
14161 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
14162 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
14163 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
14164 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
14165
14166 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
14167
14168 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
14169 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
14170 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
14171 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
14172
14173 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
14174 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
14175 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
14176 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
14177 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
14178 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
14179 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
14180 .network files using settings of this section should be
14181 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
14182 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
14183
14184 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
14185 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
14186
14187 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
14188 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
14189 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
14190 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
14191 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
14192 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
14193 of nspawn instances.
14194
14195 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
14196 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
14197 added.
14198
14199 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
14200 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
14201 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
14202 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
14203 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
14204 configuration stored in /etc.
14205
14206 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
14207 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
14208 parsing of unknown mount options.
14209
14210 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
14211 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
14212 it already exist and not already be the correct
14213 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
14214 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
14215 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
14216 pre-existing files of different types.
14217
14218 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
14219 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
14220 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
14221 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
14222 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
14223 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
14224 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
14225
14226 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
14227 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
14228 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
14229 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
14230 shall be executed.
14231
14232 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
14233 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
14234 example whether it is fully up and running.
14235
14236 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
14237 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
14238 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
14239 reset.
14240
14241 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
14242 most basic services systemd ships by default.
14243
14244 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
14245 field for defining the default instance to create if a
14246 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
14247
14248 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
14249 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
14250 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
14251
14252 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
14253 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
14254 access to this group.
14255
14256 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
14257 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
14258 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
14259 to the journal.
14260
14261 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
14262 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
14263 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
14264 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
14265 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
14266 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
14267
14268 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
14269 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
14270 that makes sure to only show information about the most
14271 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
14272 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
14273 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
14274 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
14275 the old name to the new name.
14276
14277 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
14278 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
14279 coredumpctl without restrictions.
14280
14281 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
14282 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
14283 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
14284 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
14285 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
14286 "systemd-debug-generator".
14287
14288 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
14289 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
14290 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
14291 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
14292 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
14293 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
14294 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
14295 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
14296 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
14297 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
14298 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
14299
14300 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
14301 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
14302 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
14303 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
14304 been added to query many of these paths for the local
14305 machine and user.
14306
14307 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
14308 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
14309 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
14310 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
14311 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
14312
14313 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
14314 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
14315 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
14316 couple of drop-in directories.
14317
14318 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
14319 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
14320 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
14321 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
14322 for dev_port.
14323
14324 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
14325 container (read from /etc/os-release and
14326 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
14327 "machinectl status" for a machine.
14328
14329 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
14330 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
14331 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
14332 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
14333 Restart= setting.
14334
14335 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
14336 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
14337 directly connect to a specific container on the
14338 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
14339 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
14340 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
14341 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
14342 containers is a privileged operation.
14343
14344 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
14345 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
14346 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
14347 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
14348 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14349 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
14350 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
14351 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
14352 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
14353 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
14354 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
14355 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14356
14357 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
14358
14359 CHANGES WITH 214:
14360
14361 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
14362 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
14363 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
14364 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
14365 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
14366 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
14367 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
14368 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
14369 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
14370 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
14371 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
14372 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
14373 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
14374 devices are excluded from this logic.
14375
14376 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
14377 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
14378 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
14379 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
14380 change has been released.
14381
14382 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
14383 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
14384 libattr is thus unnecessary.
14385
14386 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
14387 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
14388 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
14389 with fewer privileges.
14390
14391 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
14392 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
14393 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
14394 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
14395
14396 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
14397 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
14398
14399 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
14400 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
14401
14402 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
14403 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
14404 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
14405
14406 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
14407 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
14408 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
14409 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
14410 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
14411 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
14412
14413 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
14414 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
14415 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
14416
14417 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
14418 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
14419 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
14420 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
14421 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
14422 modifications of user data or system files from
14423 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
14424 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
14425
14426 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
14427 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
14428 and FIFOs in the file system.
14429
14430 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
14431 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
14432 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
14433
14434 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
14435 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
14436 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
14437 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
14438 the socket itself.
14439
14440 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
14441 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
14442 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
14443 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
14444 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
14445 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
14446 symlinks, and nothing else.
14447
14448 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
14449 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
14450 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
14451 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
14452 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
14453 process (for example, the parent process). The
14454 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
14455 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
14456 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
14457 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
14458 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
14459 messages to services when the originating process already
14460 vanished.
14461
14462 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
14463 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
14464 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
14465 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
14466 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
14467 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
14468 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
14469 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
14470 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
14471 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
14472 all long-running services.
14473
14474 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
14475 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
14476 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
14477 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
14478 service.
14479
14480 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
14481 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
14482 applied to all submounts, too.
14483
14484 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
14485
14486 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
14487 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
14488 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
14489 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
14490 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
14491 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
14492 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
14493
14494 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
14495 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
14496 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
14497 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
14498 (domU) domains.
14499
14500 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
14501 files or entire directories.
14502
14503 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
14504 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
14505 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
14506 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
14507 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
14508
14509 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
14510 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
14511 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
14512 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
14513 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
14514 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
14515 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
14516 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
14517 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
14518 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
14519 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
14520 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
14521
14522 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
14523 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
14524 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
14525 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
14526
14527 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
14528 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
14529 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
14530 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
14531 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
14532 non-directories.
14533
14534 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
14535 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
14536 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
14537
14538 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
14539 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
14540 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
14541 this group.
14542
14543 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
14544 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
14545 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
14546 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
14547 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
14548 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
14549 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14550
14551 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
14552
14553 CHANGES WITH 213:
14554
14555 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
14556 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
14557 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
14558 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
14559 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
14560 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
14561 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
14562 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
14563 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
14564 client should be more than appropriate for most
14565 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
14566 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
14567 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
14568 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
14569 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
14570 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
14571 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
14572 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
14573 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
14574 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
14575 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
14576
14577 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
14578 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
14579 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
14580 part of a different namespace.
14581
14582 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
14583 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
14584 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
14585 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
14586
14587 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
14588 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
14589 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
14590
14591 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
14592 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
14593 when a service fails. This works similarly to
14594 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
14595 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
14596 restart the service in question.
14597
14598 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
14599 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
14600 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
14601 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
14602 details when running non-locally.
14603
14604 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
14605 graphs it generates.
14606
14607 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
14608 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
14609 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
14610 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
14611 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
14612
14613 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
14614
14615 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
14616 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
14617 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
14618 what it was on SysV systems.
14619
14620 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
14621 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
14622
14623 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
14624 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
14625 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
14626
14627 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
14628 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
14629 to show these addresses in its output.
14630
14631 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
14632 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
14633 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
14634 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
14635 preferred over a text one.
14636
14637 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
14638 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
14639 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
14640 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
14641 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
14642 mDNS cache.
14643
14644 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
14645 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
14646 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
14647 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
14648 of network configuration performed in some other way.
14649
14650 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
14651 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
14652 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
14653 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
14654 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
14655
14656 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
14657 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
14658 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
14659 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
14660 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
14661 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
14662 overrides any other settings.
14663
14664 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
14665 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
14666 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
14667 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
14668 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
14669 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
14670 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
14671 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
14672 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14673 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
14674 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
14675 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
14676 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
14677 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
14678 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
14679 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
14680 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14681
14682 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
14683
14684 CHANGES WITH 212:
14685
14686 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
14687 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
14688 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
14689 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
14690 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
14691 by accident.
14692
14693 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
14694 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
14695 registered with machined.
14696
14697 * sd-login gained new calls
14698 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
14699 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
14700 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
14701 counterparts.
14702
14703 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
14704 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
14705 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
14706 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
14707 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
14708 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
14709 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
14710 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
14711 once.
14712
14713 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
14714 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
14715 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
14716
14717 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
14718 units on all local containers, when used with the
14719 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
14720 executed when no parameters are specified).
14721
14722 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
14723 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
14724 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
14725 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
14726
14727 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
14728 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
14729 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
14730 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
14731 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
14732 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
14733
14734 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
14735 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
14736 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
14737 of the container.
14738
14739 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
14740 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
14741 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
14742 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
14743 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
14744 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
14745 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
14746 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
14747
14748 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
14749 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
14750 instead of /.
14751
14752 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
14753 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
14754 emergency messages now.
14755
14756 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
14757 journal log messages across the network.
14758
14759 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
14760 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
14761 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
14762 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
14763 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
14764 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
14765 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
14766
14767 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
14768 down a local OS container.
14769
14770 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
14771 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
14772 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
14773
14774 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
14775 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
14776 this is appropriate.
14777
14778 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
14779 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
14780 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
14781
14782 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
14783 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
14784 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
14785 for debugging purposes.
14786
14787 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
14788 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
14789 in seconds.
14790
14791 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
14792 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
14793 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
14794 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
14795 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
14796 like on traditional inetd.
14797
14798 * A new system.conf configuration option
14799 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
14800 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
14801
14802 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
14803 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
14804 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
14805 do these days).
14806
14807 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
14808 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
14809 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
14810 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
14811 could not take place because the system was powered off.
14812 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
14813
14814 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
14815 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
14816 it will be triggered.
14817
14818 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
14819 addresses to its local interfaces.
14820
14821 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
14822 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
14823 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
14824 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
14825 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
14826 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
14827 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
14828 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
14829 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14830
14831 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
14832
14833 CHANGES WITH 211:
14834
14835 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
14836 added to restrict which socket address families unit
14837 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
14838 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
14839 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
14840 is built on seccomp system call filters.
14841
14842 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
14843 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
14844 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
14845 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
14846 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
14847 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
14848 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
14849 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
14850 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
14851
14852 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
14853 matching against device group names.
14854
14855 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
14856 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
14857 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
14858 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
14859 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
14860 though.
14861
14862 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
14863 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
14864 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
14865 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
14866 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
14867 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
14868 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
14869 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
14870 systems prepared appropriately.
14871
14872 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
14873 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
14874 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
14875 (see above). This means that installations made with
14876 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
14877 deployed using container managers, completely
14878 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
14879 this feature soon, too.)
14880
14881 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
14882 set up a private macvlan interface for the
14883 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
14884 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
14885
14886 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
14887 using IPv4LL.
14888
14889 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
14890 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
14891 systemd-networkd.
14892
14893 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
14894 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
14895 still not a public API though (unless you specify
14896 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
14897 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
14898
14899 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
14900 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
14901 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
14902 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
14903 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
14904 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
14905 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
14906 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
14907 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
14908 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
14909 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
14910 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
14911 users.
14912
14913 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
14914 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
14915 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
14916 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
14917 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
14918 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
14919 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
14920 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
14921 due to a closed lid.
14922
14923 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
14924 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
14925 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
14926 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
14927 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
14928 order to then act as suspend blocker.
14929
14930 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
14931 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
14932 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
14933 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
14934 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
14935
14936 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
14937 now also work in --scope mode.
14938
14939 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
14940 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
14941 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
14942 promises are made.)
14943
14944 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
14945 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
14946 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
14947 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
14948 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
14949 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
14950 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
14951 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
14952 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
14953 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14954
14955 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
14956
14957 CHANGES WITH 210:
14958
14959 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
14960 according to SMACK rules.
14961
14962 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
14963 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
14964
14965 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
14966 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
14967 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
14968
14969 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
14970 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
14971 and machine ID.
14972
14973 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
14974 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
14975 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
14976 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
14977 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
14978 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
14979 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
14980 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
14981 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
14982 backpack or similar.
14983
14984 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
14985 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
14986 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
14987 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
14988 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
14989 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
14990 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
14991 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
14992 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
14993 this on its own.
14994
14995 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
14996 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
14997 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
14998 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
14999
15000 * We will now ship a default .network file for
15001 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
15002 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
15003 --network-bridge= switches.
15004
15005 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
15006 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
15007 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
15008 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
15009 metrics, according to what is customary according to
15010 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
15011 each configuration option.
15012
15013 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
15014 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
15015 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
15016 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
15017 at once.
15018
15019 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
15020 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
15021 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
15022 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
15023 triggered by other work being done in the program.
15024
15025 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
15026 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
15027 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
15028 default however.
15029
15030 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
15031 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
15032 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
15033 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
15034 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
15035 them with systemd-networkd.
15036
15037 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
15038 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
15039 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
15040 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
15041 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
15042 is drastically increased, but given that these are
15043 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
15044 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
15045 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
15046 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
15047 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
15048 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
15049 during a transitional period!
15050
15051 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
15052 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
15053
15054 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
15055 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
15056 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
15057 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
15058 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
15059 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
15060 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
15061 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15062
15063 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
15064
15065 CHANGES WITH 209:
15066
15067 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
15068 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
15069 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
15070 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
15071 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
15072 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
15073 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
15074 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
15075 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
15076 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
15077 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
15078 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
15079
15080 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
15081 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
15082 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
15083 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
15084 machines and the like.
15085
15086 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
15087 shutdown/boot.
15088
15089 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
15090 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
15091
15092 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
15093 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
15094 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
15095 prepared for additional security frameworks.
15096
15097 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
15098 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
15099 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
15100 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
15101 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
15102 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
15103
15104 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
15105 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
15106 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
15107 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
15108 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
15109 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
15110 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
15111 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
15112 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
15113
15114 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
15115 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
15116
15117 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
15118 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
15119 implementation.
15120
15121 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
15122 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
15123 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
15124 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
15125 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
15126 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
15127 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
15128 and .service units.
15129
15130 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
15131 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
15132 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
15133
15134 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
15135 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
15136 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
15137 nothing makes use of it.
15138
15139 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
15140 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
15141 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
15142
15143 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
15144 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
15145 compatibility purposes.
15146
15147 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
15148 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
15149 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
15150 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
15151 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
15152 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
15153 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
15154 process handling.
15155
15156 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
15157 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
15158 style to "sd-bus.h".
15159
15160 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
15161 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
15162 "systemd-networkd".
15163
15164 * There is a new kernel command line option
15165 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
15166 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
15167 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
15168 are not restored.
15169
15170 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
15171 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
15172 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
15173 PID1's support for that anymore.
15174
15175 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
15176 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
15177
15178 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
15179 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
15180 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
15181 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
15182 container that is registered with machined, such as those
15183 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
15184
15185 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
15186 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
15187 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
15188 onto remote systems.
15189
15190 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
15191 login in any local container. This works with any container
15192 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
15193 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
15194
15195 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
15196 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
15197 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
15198 system of some kind.
15199
15200 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
15201 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
15202 next.
15203
15204 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
15205 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
15206 reboot() system call.
15207
15208 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
15209 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
15210 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
15211 still available but not advertised anymore.
15212
15213 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
15214 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
15215 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
15216 within each Unit.
15217
15218 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
15219 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
15220 the kernel).
15221
15222 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
15223 timestamps (following the setting in
15224 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
15225
15226 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
15227 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
15228
15229 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
15230 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
15231
15232 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
15233 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
15234 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
15235
15236 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
15237 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
15238 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
15239 the full configuration is shown.
15240
15241 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
15242 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
15243 those commands which take multiple unit names.
15244
15245 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
15246
15247 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
15248 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
15249
15250 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
15251 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
15252 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
15253 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
15254
15255 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
15256 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
15257 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
15258 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
15259
15260 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
15261 of the legend text.
15262
15263 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
15264 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
15265 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
15266 remote sessions.
15267
15268 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
15269 information of SDIO devices.
15270
15271 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
15272 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
15273 the system manager.
15274
15275 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
15276 short description of the connection parameters in the
15277 description.
15278
15279 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
15280 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
15281 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
15282 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
15283 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
15284 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
15285 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
15286
15287 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
15288 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
15289 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
15290 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
15291 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
15292 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
15293 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
15294 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
15295 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
15296
15297 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
15298 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
15299 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
15300 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
15301 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
15302 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
15303 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
15304 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
15305 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
15306 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
15307 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
15308 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
15309 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
15310 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
15311 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
15312 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
15313 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
15314 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
15315 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
15316 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
15317 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
15318 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
15319 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
15320
15321 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
15322 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
15323 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
15324 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
15325 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
15326 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
15327 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
15328 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
15329 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
15330 that you are aware of the instability of the current
15331 APIs.
15332
15333 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
15334 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
15335 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
15336 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
15337 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
15338 declare the APIs stable.
15339
15340 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
15341 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
15342 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
15343 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
15344 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
15345 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
15346 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
15347 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
15348 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
15349 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
15350 one of them is updated.
15351
15352 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
15353 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
15354 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
15355 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
15356 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
15357
15358 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
15359 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
15360 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
15361 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
15362 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
15363 entry points.
15364
15365 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
15366 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
15367 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
15368 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
15369 been disabled at compile-time.
15370
15371 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
15372 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
15373 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
15374 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
15375
15376 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
15377 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
15378 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
15379
15380 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
15381 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
15382 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
15383
15384 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
15385 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
15386 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
15387
15388 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
15389 remains until jobs expire.
15390
15391 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
15392 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
15393 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
15394 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
15395 all remaining processes of the service.
15396
15397 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
15398 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
15399 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
15400 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
15401 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
15402 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
15403 manager process which created them takes no further
15404 responsibilities for it.
15405
15406 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
15407 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
15408 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
15409 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
15410 marked executable or world-writable.
15411
15412 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
15413 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
15414 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
15415 "--setenv=" for consistency.
15416
15417 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
15418 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
15419 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
15420 independent of the host.
15421
15422 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
15423 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
15424 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
15425 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
15426
15427 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
15428 with specific SELinux labels set.
15429
15430 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
15431 any additional output but the container's own console
15432 output.
15433
15434 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
15435 container without PID namespacing enabled.
15436
15437 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
15438 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
15439 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
15440 OS images, but only specific apps.
15441
15442 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
15443 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
15444 results in registration of the unit service itself in
15445 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
15446
15447 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
15448 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
15449 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
15450 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
15451 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
15452 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
15453
15454 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
15455 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
15456 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
15457 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
15458 units to use.
15459
15460 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
15461 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
15462 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
15463 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
15464
15465 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
15466 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
15467 context for a service.
15468
15469 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
15470 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
15471 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
15472 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
15473 influence this logic.
15474
15475 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
15476 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
15477 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
15478 other things.
15479
15480 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
15481 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
15482 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
15483 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
15484 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
15485 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
15486 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
15487 architectures). There is also a global
15488 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
15489 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
15490
15491 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
15492 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
15493
15494 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
15495 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
15496 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
15497 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
15498 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
15499 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
15500 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
15501 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
15502 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
15503 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
15504 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
15505 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
15506 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
15507 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
15508 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
15509 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
15510 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
15511 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
15512 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
15513 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
15514 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
15515 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
15516 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
15517 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15518
15519 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
15520
15521 CHANGES WITH 208:
15522
15523 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
15524 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
15525 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
15526 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
15527 access input and drm devices which are normally
15528 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
15529 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
15530 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
15531 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
15532 session switching without allowing background sessions to
15533 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
15534 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
15535 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
15536
15537 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
15538 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
15539 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
15540
15541 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
15542 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
15543 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
15544 kernel version number.
15545
15546 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
15547 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
15548 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
15549
15550 * This release removes high-level support for the
15551 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
15552 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
15553 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
15554 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
15555
15556 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
15557 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
15558 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
15559 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
15560 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
15561 cgroup system.
15562
15563 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
15564 messages containing the slice a message was generated
15565 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
15566 logs among other things.
15567
15568 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
15569 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
15570 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
15571 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
15572 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
15573 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
15574 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
15575 journald which would be necessary to resolve
15576 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
15577 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
15578 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
15579 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
15580 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
15581 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
15582 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
15583 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
15584 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
15585 not delayed until next reboot.
15586
15587 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
15588 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
15589 systemd generated files in one directory.
15590
15591 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
15592 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
15593 performance information if that's available to determine how
15594 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
15595 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
15596 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
15597
15598 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
15599 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
15600 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
15601 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15602 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
15603 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
15604 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15605
15606 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
15607
15608 CHANGES WITH 207:
15609
15610 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
15611 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
15612 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
15613 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
15614
15615 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
15616 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
15617 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
15618 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
15619 specified on the kernel command line less important.
15620
15621 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
15622 retrieve the VT number of a session.
15623
15624 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
15625 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
15626 maximum number of tries.
15627
15628 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
15629 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
15630 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
15631
15632 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
15633 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
15634
15635 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
15636 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
15637 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
15638
15639 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
15640 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
15641 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
15642
15643 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
15644 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
15645 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
15646 and type).
15647
15648 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
15649 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
15650
15651 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
15652 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
15653 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
15654 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
15655
15656 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
15657 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
15658 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
15659 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
15660 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
15661 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
15662 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
15663 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
15664
15665 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
15666 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
15667 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
15668 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
15669
15670 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
15671 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
15672 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
15673 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
15674 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
15675 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
15676 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
15677
15678 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
15679 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
15680
15681 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
15682 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
15683 automatically after the process terminated.
15684
15685 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
15686 certain paths from operation.
15687
15688 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
15689 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
15690 is received.
15691
15692 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
15693 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
15694 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
15695 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
15696 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
15697 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
15698 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
15699 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
15700 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
15701 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
15702 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
15703 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
15704 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15705
15706 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
15707
15708 CHANGES WITH 206:
15709
15710 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
15711 concepts introduced with 205.
15712
15713 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
15714 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
15715 -r".
15716
15717 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
15718 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
15719 --state= parameter.
15720
15721 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
15722 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
15723 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
15724 the journal.
15725
15726 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
15727 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
15728 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
15729
15730 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
15731 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
15732 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
15733 browsing logs from that point on.
15734
15735 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
15736 of an FSS key.
15737
15738 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
15739 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
15740 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
15741 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
15742 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
15743 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
15744 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
15745 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
15746 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
15747 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
15748 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
15749 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
15750 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
15751 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
15752
15753 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
15754 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
15755 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
15756 backing module right-away.
15757
15758 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
15759 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
15760
15761 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
15762 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
15763
15764 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
15765 set of processes in the message metadata.
15766
15767 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
15768
15769 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
15770 support for passing performance data via environment
15771 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
15772 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
15773 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
15774 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
15775 deserialize it again.
15776
15777 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
15778 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
15779 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
15780 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
15781
15782 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
15783 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
15784 completely silent shutdown when used.
15785
15786 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
15787 option in .socket units.
15788
15789 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
15790 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
15791 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
15792 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
15793 system.slice as before.
15794
15795 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
15796
15797 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
15798 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
15799 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15800 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
15801 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
15802 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
15803 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15804
15805 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
15806
15807 CHANGES WITH 205:
15808
15809 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
15810
15811 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
15812 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
15813 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
15814 possible for system services and applications to group their
15815 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
15816 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
15817 together, or apply resource limits on them.
15818
15819 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
15820 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
15821 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
15822 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
15823 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
15824
15825 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
15826 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
15827 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
15828 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
15829
15830 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
15831 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
15832 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
15833 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
15834 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
15835 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
15836 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
15837 and useful as a general batch manager.
15838
15839 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
15840 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
15841 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
15842 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
15843 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
15844 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
15845 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
15846 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
15847 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
15848 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
15849
15850 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
15851 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
15852 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
15853 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
15854 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
15855 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
15856 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
15857 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
15858 is compile-time optional.
15859
15860 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
15861 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
15862 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
15863 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
15864 well as slice units.
15865
15866 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
15867 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
15868 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
15869 but will be extended later on to make more properties
15870 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
15871 command that wraps this call.
15872
15873 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
15874 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
15875 while configuring a number of settings via the command
15876 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
15877 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
15878 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
15879 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
15880
15881 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
15882 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
15883 off audit.
15884
15885 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
15886 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
15887
15888 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
15889 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
15890 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
15891 and system logs.
15892
15893 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
15894 snippets extending unit files.
15895
15896 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
15897 not available as public API.
15898
15899 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
15900 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
15901 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
15902
15903 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
15904 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
15905 controls what to boot into by default.
15906
15907 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
15908 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
15909
15910 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
15911 generators needed for execution, as well as information
15912 about the unit file loading.
15913
15914 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
15915 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
15916 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
15917 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
15918 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
15919 racy due to journal file rotation.
15920
15921 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
15922 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
15923 all services.
15924
15925 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
15926 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
15927 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
15928 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
15929 system services want to log events about specific client
15930 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
15931 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
15932 unit is requested.
15933
15934 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
15935 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
15936 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
15937 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
15938 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
15939 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15940 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
15941 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
15942 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
15943 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
15944 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
15945 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
15946 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
15947
15948 CHANGES WITH 204:
15949
15950 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
15951 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
15952
15953 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
15954 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
15955 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
15956
15957 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
15958 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15959
15960 CHANGES WITH 203:
15961
15962 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
15963 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
15964
15965 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
15966 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
15967 fields, including the root directory.
15968
15969 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
15970 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
15971 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
15972 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
15973 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
15974 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
15975 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
15976 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
15977 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
15978 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
15979 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
15980
15981 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
15982 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
15983
15984 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
15985 have taken an inhibitor lock.
15986
15987 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
15988 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
15989 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
15990 the local hostname.
15991
15992 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
15993 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
15994 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
15995 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
15996 VMs/containers coming and going.
15997
15998 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
15999 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
16000 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
16001
16002 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
16003 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
16004 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
16005 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
16006
16007 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
16008 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
16009 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
16010
16011 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
16012 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
16013 services. With the container's root directory in
16014 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
16015 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
16016
16017 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
16018 the processes within a certain container.
16019
16020 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
16021 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
16022 check though. Patches welcome!
16023
16024 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
16025 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
16026 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
16027 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
16028 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
16029
16030 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
16031 the passed argument if applicable.
16032
16033 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
16034 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
16035 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
16036 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
16037 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
16038 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
16039 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
16040 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16041
16042 CHANGES WITH 202:
16043
16044 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
16045 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
16046 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
16047 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
16048 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
16049 units activate.
16050
16051 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
16052 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
16053 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
16054 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
16055 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
16056 for now, and not installable.
16057
16058 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
16059 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
16060 can run in conjunction with udev.
16061
16062 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
16063 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
16064 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
16065 session manager.
16066
16067 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
16068 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
16069 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
16070 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
16071 services, user processes and containers/virtual
16072 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
16073 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
16074 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
16075 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
16076 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
16077 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
16078
16079 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
16080
16081 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
16082 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
16083 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
16084 logical expressions.
16085
16086 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
16087 switches.
16088
16089 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
16090 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
16091 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
16092 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
16093 the user.
16094
16095 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
16096 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
16097 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
16098 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
16099 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
16100 an entry.
16101
16102 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
16103 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16104 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
16105 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
16106 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
16107 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16108
16109 CHANGES WITH 201:
16110
16111 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
16112 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
16113 directory.
16114
16115 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
16116 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
16117 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
16118 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
16119 problem.
16120
16121 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
16122 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
16123 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
16124 before the key file is attempted to be read.
16125
16126 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
16127 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
16128
16129 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
16130 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
16131 files in this context are files such as
16132 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
16133
16134 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
16135 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
16136 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
16137 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
16138 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
16139 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
16140
16141 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
16142 hostnames.
16143
16144 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
16145 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
16146 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
16147 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
16148 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
16149 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
16150 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
16151 all time-related output of systemd.
16152
16153 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
16154 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
16155 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
16156 loops.
16157
16158 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
16159 (models, layouts, variants, options).
16160
16161 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
16162 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
16163 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
16164 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
16165 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
16166
16167 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
16168 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
16169 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
16170 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
16171 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
16172 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
16173 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
16174
16175 CHANGES WITH 200:
16176
16177 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
16178 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
16179 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
16180 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
16181 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
16182 middle ground between physical and access time order.
16183
16184 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
16185 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
16186 images.
16187
16188 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
16189 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
16190 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16191
16192 CHANGES WITH 199:
16193
16194 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
16195
16196 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
16197 security policy.
16198
16199 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
16200 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
16201 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
16202 shared by all processes of a service (which means
16203 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
16204 the same service can still access). When a service is
16205 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
16206 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
16207 this though).
16208
16209 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
16210 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
16211 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
16212 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
16213 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
16214 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
16215
16216 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
16217 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
16218
16219 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
16220 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
16221
16222 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
16223
16224 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
16225 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
16226 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
16227 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
16228 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
16229
16230 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
16231 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
16232 system is to be mounted.
16233
16234 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
16235 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
16236 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
16237 purpose for socket units.
16238
16239 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
16240 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
16241
16242 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
16243 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
16244 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
16245 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
16246 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
16247
16248 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
16249 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
16250 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
16251 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
16252 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
16253 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
16254 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
16255 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
16256 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16257
16258 CHANGES WITH 198:
16259
16260 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
16261 files without having to edit/override the unit files
16262 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
16263 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
16264 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
16265 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
16266 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
16267 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
16268 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
16269 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
16270 unit files locally: copying the files from
16271 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
16272 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
16273 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
16274 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
16275 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
16276 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
16277 for them too.
16278
16279 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
16280 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
16281 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
16282 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
16283 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
16284 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
16285 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
16286 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
16287 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
16288
16289 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
16290 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
16291
16292 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
16293 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
16294 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
16295 other users.
16296
16297 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
16298 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
16299 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
16300 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
16301 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
16302 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
16303 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
16304 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
16305 management logic is also available to other programs via the
16306 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
16307 supported.
16308
16309 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
16310 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
16311 the foreground VT.
16312
16313 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
16314 call.
16315
16316 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
16317 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
16318 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
16319 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
16320 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
16321 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
16322 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
16323 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
16324 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
16325 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
16326 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
16327 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
16328 also been removed.
16329
16330 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
16331 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
16332 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
16333 objects themselves.
16334
16335 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
16336
16337 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
16338 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
16339 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
16340 to how this is supported in shells.
16341
16342 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
16343 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
16344 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
16345 user systemd instance.
16346
16347 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
16348 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
16349 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
16350 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
16351 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
16352 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
16353 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
16354 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
16355 one day for good in the kernel.
16356
16357 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
16358 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
16359 container.
16360
16361 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
16362 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
16363 the host into the container.
16364
16365 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
16366 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
16367 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
16368 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
16369 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
16370 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
16371
16372 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
16373
16374 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
16375 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
16376 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
16377 configured to be mounted there.
16378
16379 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
16380 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
16381 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
16382 system resume events.
16383
16384 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
16385 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
16386 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
16387 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
16388
16389 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
16390 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
16391 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
16392 card).
16393
16394 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
16395 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
16396 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
16397
16398 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
16399 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
16400 later "change" event.
16401
16402 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
16403 now carry a message ID.
16404
16405 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
16406 continues to be work in progress.
16407
16408 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
16409 root directory to operate relative to.
16410
16411 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
16412 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
16413 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
16414 times a little.
16415
16416 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
16417 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
16418 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
16419 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
16420 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
16421 request boot into firmware operations.
16422
16423 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
16424 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
16425 correctly in initrds.
16426
16427 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
16428 compile time optional via a configure switch.
16429
16430 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
16431 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
16432
16433 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
16434 the status of all active or failed units.
16435
16436 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
16437 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
16438 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
16439 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
16440 requests more robust.
16441
16442 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
16443 reading journal files.
16444
16445 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
16446 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
16447
16448 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
16449
16450 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
16451 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
16452
16453 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
16454 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
16455 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
16456 socket activation in daemons.
16457
16458 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
16459 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
16460
16461 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
16462 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
16463 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
16464
16465 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
16466 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
16467 system units.
16468
16469 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
16470 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
16471 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
16472
16473 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
16474 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
16475 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
16476 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
16477 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
16478 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
16479 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
16480 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
16481 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
16482 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
16483 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
16484 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
16485 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
16486 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
16487 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
16488 package installation time.
16489
16490 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
16491 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
16492 scripts need to create these system user/group at
16493 installation time.
16494
16495 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
16496 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
16497
16498 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
16499
16500 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
16501 available.
16502
16503 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
16504 load SMACK policies at early boot.
16505
16506 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
16507 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
16508 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
16509 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
16510 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
16511 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
16512 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
16513 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
16514 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
16515 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
16516 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
16517 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
16518 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
16519 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
16520
16521 CHANGES WITH 197:
16522
16523 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
16524 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
16525 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
16526 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
16527 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
16528 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
16529 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
16530 the supported calendar time specification language see
16531 systemd.time(7).
16532
16533 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
16534 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
16535 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
16536 document for details:
16537
16538 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
16539
16540 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
16541 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
16542 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
16543 implementations around and minimal in its code and
16544 dependencies.
16545
16546 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
16547 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
16548 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
16549 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
16550 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
16551 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
16552 with a configure switch.
16553
16554 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
16555 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
16556 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
16557 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
16558 such as ext4.
16559
16560 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
16561 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
16562 identities are attached to the devices as well.
16563
16564 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
16565 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
16566
16567 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
16568 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
16569 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
16570 using only core OS tools.
16571
16572 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
16573 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
16574 implementation of socket activated nspawn
16575 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
16576 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
16577 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
16578 eventually.
16579
16580 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
16581 presenting log data.
16582
16583 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
16584 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
16585
16586 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
16587 system on idle.
16588
16589 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
16590 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
16591 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
16592 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
16593 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
16594 information if possible.
16595
16596 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
16597 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
16598 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
16599
16600 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
16601 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
16602 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
16603 is running on battery power.
16604
16605 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
16606 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
16607 is in the "failed" state.
16608
16609 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
16610 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
16611 environment files at once.
16612
16613 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
16614 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
16615 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
16616 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
16617 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
16618 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
16619 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
16620 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
16621 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
16622 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
16623 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
16624 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
16625 pieces of code locally from the git history.
16626
16627 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
16628 log the unit name in the message meta data.
16629
16630 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
16631 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
16632
16633 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
16634 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
16635 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
16636 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
16637 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
16638 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
16639 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
16640 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
16641 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
16642 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
16643 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
16644 shipped from us upstream.
16645
16646 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
16647 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
16648 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
16649 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
16650 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16651 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
16652 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
16653 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
16654 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
16655 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
16656 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
16657 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
16658 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16659
16660 CHANGES WITH 196:
16661
16662 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
16663 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
16664 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
16665 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
16666 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
16667 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
16668 becoming the one central database for non-essential
16669 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
16670 database was only attached to select devices, since the
16671 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
16672 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
16673 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
16674 data for all devices where this is available, by
16675 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
16676 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
16677 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
16678 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
16679 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
16680 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
16681
16682 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
16683 indexed database to link up additional information with
16684 journal entries. For further details please check:
16685
16686 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
16687
16688 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
16689 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
16690 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
16691 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
16692 macro for this purpose.
16693
16694 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
16695 Python logging framework.
16696
16697 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
16698 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
16699 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
16700 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
16701 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
16702 time intervals.
16703
16704 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
16705 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
16706 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
16707
16708 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
16709 right-away on the selected coredump.
16710
16711 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
16712 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
16713 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
16714
16715 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
16716 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
16717 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
16718 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
16719
16720 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
16721 default.
16722
16723 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
16724 SMACK security label.
16725
16726 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
16727 daylight saving change.
16728
16729 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
16730 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
16731 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
16732 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
16733 distributions who still need support this to either continue
16734 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
16735 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
16736
16737 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
16738 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
16739 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
16740 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
16741 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
16742 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
16743 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
16744
16745 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
16746 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
16747
16748 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
16749 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
16750 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
16751 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
16752 offline updating tools.
16753
16754 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
16755 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
16756 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
16757 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
16758 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
16759 directories for packages to place various data files in.
16760
16761 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
16762 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
16763
16764 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
16765 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
16766 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
16767 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
16768 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
16769 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
16770 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
16771 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
16772 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16773
16774 CHANGES WITH 195:
16775
16776 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
16777 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
16778 units via --unit=/-u.
16779
16780 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
16781 right thing.
16782
16783 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
16784 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
16785 rotation.
16786
16787 * The journal will now index the available field values for
16788 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
16789 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
16790 completion of journalctl has been updated
16791 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
16792 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
16793
16794 * More service events are now written as structured messages
16795 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
16796
16797 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
16798 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
16799 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
16800 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
16801 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
16802 these settings from the command line now, especially since
16803 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
16804 completion.
16805
16806 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
16807 extract coredumps from the journal.
16808
16809 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
16810 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
16811 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
16812 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
16813 scratch their heads.
16814
16815 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
16816 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
16817
16818 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
16819 in immediate termination of systemd.
16820
16821 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
16822 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
16823
16824 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
16825 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
16826 mouse screen support has been added.
16827
16828 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
16829 Server-Sent-Events as output.
16830
16831 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
16832 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
16833 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
16834 "systemctl reload".
16835
16836 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
16837 -u" instead.
16838
16839 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
16840 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
16841 configured.
16842
16843 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
16844 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
16845
16846 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
16847 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
16848 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
16849 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
16850 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
16851 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
16852 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
16853
16854 CHANGES WITH 194:
16855
16856 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
16857 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
16858 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
16859 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
16860 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
16861 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
16862 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
16863 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
16864 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
16865 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
16866 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
16867 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
16868
16869 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
16870 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
16871 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16872
16873 CHANGES WITH 193:
16874
16875 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
16876 starting from the specified location in the journal.
16877
16878 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
16879 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
16880 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
16881
16882 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
16883 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
16884 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
16885 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
16886 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
16887 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
16888 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
16889
16890 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
16891 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
16892
16893 This will download the journal contents in a
16894 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
16895
16896 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
16897
16898 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
16899 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
16900 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
16901 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
16902 screenshot of this app in its current state:
16903
16904 https://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
16905
16906 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
16907 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
16908
16909 CHANGES WITH 192:
16910
16911 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
16912 too.
16913
16914 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
16915 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
16916 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
16917 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
16918 just start them.
16919
16920 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
16921 and line break accordingly.
16922
16923 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16924 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
16925
16926 CHANGES WITH 191:
16927
16928 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
16929 container environment, copying the host's timezone
16930 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
16931 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
16932 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
16933
16934 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
16935 will default to 10 if omitted.
16936
16937 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
16938 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
16939 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
16940 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
16941 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
16942
16943 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
16944 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
16945 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
16946 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
16947 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
16948 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
16949 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
16950
16951 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
16952 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
16953 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
16954 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
16955 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
16956 into two.
16957
16958 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
16959 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
16960
16961 CHANGES WITH 190:
16962
16963 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
16964 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
16965 "systemctl status".
16966
16967 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
16968 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
16969 system to another place in the same file system could not be
16970 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
16971 field.)
16972
16973 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
16974 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
16975 default.
16976
16977 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
16978 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
16979 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
16980 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
16981 in a container.
16982
16983 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
16984 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
16985 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
16986 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
16987 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
16988 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
16989
16990 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
16991 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
16992 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
16993 no-op.
16994
16995 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
16996 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
16997 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
16998 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
16999 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
17000
17001 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
17002 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
17003
17004 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
17005 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
17006 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
17007 command.
17008
17009 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
17010 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
17011 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
17012
17013 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
17014
17015 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
17016 multiple files at once.
17017
17018 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
17019 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
17020 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
17021 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
17022 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
17023 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
17024 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
17025
17026 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
17027 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
17028 now support specifiers as well.
17029
17030 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
17031 dir: %_presetdir.
17032
17033 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
17034 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
17035
17036 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
17037 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
17038 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
17039 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
17040 anymore.
17041
17042 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
17043 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
17044 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
17045 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
17046
17047 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
17048 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
17049 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
17050
17051 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
17052 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
17053 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
17054 sockets.
17055
17056 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
17057 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
17058 is changed.
17059
17060 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
17061 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
17062 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
17063 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
17064 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
17065 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
17066 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
17067
17068 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
17069
17070 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
17071 the unit file label and client process label into account.
17072
17073 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
17074 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
17075
17076 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
17077 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
17078 (%b).
17079
17080 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
17081 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
17082 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
17083 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
17084 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
17085 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
17086 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17087
17088 CHANGES WITH 189:
17089
17090 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
17091 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
17092
17093 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
17094 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
17095 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
17096 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
17097 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
17098 syslog daemons again.
17099
17100 * The libudev API gained the new
17101 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
17102
17103 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
17104 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
17105 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
17106 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
17107
17108 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
17109 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
17110 container.
17111
17112 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
17113 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
17114 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
17115 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
17116 this explaining it in more detail.
17117
17118 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
17119 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
17120 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
17121 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
17122
17123 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
17124 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
17125 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
17126 journal files.
17127
17128 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
17129 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
17130 as container init process a lot more fun.
17131
17132 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
17133 entries.
17134
17135 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
17136 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
17137 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
17138 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
17139 different sets of services.
17140
17141 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
17142 failure state.
17143
17144 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
17145 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
17146 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17147
17148 CHANGES WITH 188:
17149
17150 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
17151 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
17152 tree a lot more organized.
17153
17154 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
17155 may be used to group services in a natural way.
17156
17157 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
17158 services.
17159
17160 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
17161 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
17162 filtering by log level now.
17163
17164 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
17165 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
17166 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
17167
17168 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
17169 command lines involving service unit names.
17170
17171 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
17172 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
17173
17174 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
17175 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
17176 and encodes structured information about the error number.
17177
17178 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
17179 option.
17180
17181 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
17182 a shutdown is cancelled.
17183
17184 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
17185 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
17186 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
17187 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
17188 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
17189
17190 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
17191 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
17192 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
17193 for display managers instead.
17194
17195 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
17196 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
17197 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
17198 protection, and suchlike.
17199
17200 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
17201 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
17202 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
17203 the service.
17204
17205 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
17206 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
17207 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
17208 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
17209 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
17210 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17211
17212 CHANGES WITH 187:
17213
17214 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
17215 pages.
17216
17217 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
17218 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
17219 data loss.
17220
17221 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
17222 option.
17223
17224 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
17225
17226 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
17227 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
17228
17229 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
17230 specific directory.
17231
17232 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
17233 messages of two different boots.
17234
17235 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
17236 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
17237 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
17238
17239 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
17240 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
17241 disjunctions.
17242
17243 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
17244 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
17245 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
17246
17247 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
17248 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
17249 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
17250
17251 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
17252 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
17253 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
17254 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
17255 speed things up a bit.
17256
17257 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
17258 header data of journal files.
17259
17260 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
17261 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
17262 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
17263
17264 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
17265 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
17266 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
17267 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
17268
17269 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
17270
17271 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
17272 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
17273 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
17274 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17275
17276 CHANGES WITH 186:
17277
17278 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
17279 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
17280 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
17281 prefixed with rd.
17282
17283 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
17284 automatically generated at boot. Use:
17285
17286 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
17287
17288 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
17289
17290 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
17291
17292 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
17293 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
17294 as well.
17295
17296 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
17297 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
17298 in all appropriate directories automatically.
17299
17300 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
17301 does the right thing. Example:
17302
17303 udevadm info /dev/sda
17304 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
17305
17306 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
17307 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
17308 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
17309 running.
17310
17311 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
17312 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
17313
17314 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
17315 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
17316
17317 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
17318 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
17319 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
17320 files.
17321
17322 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
17323 be stopped that is not loaded.
17324
17325 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
17326
17327 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
17328
17329 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
17330 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
17331 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
17332 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
17333
17334 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
17335 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
17336 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
17337 completed initialization.
17338
17339 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
17340
17341 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
17342 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
17343 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
17344 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
17345 distributions.
17346
17347 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
17348 always valid when services log to the journal via
17349 STDOUT/STDERR.
17350
17351 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
17352 command line options we understand.
17353
17354 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
17355 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
17356
17357 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
17358 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
17359
17360 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
17361 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
17362 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
17363 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
17364
17365 systemctl status /home
17366 systemctl status /dev/sda
17367
17368 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
17369 system.conf parsing.
17370
17371 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
17372 Manager object.
17373
17374 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
17375
17376 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
17377
17378 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
17379 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
17380 complete.
17381
17382 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
17383 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
17384 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
17385 systemd-fsck@.service.
17386
17387 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
17388 Manager object.
17389
17390 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
17391 work sensibly.
17392
17393 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
17394 we actually understand.
17395
17396 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
17397 additional capabilities to the container.
17398
17399 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
17400 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
17401 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
17402
17403 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
17404 the current boot only.
17405
17406 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
17407 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
17408
17409 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
17410 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
17411 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
17412 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
17413 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
17414
17415 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
17416
17417 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
17418 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
17419 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
17420 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
17421
17422 CHANGES WITH 185:
17423
17424 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
17425 available.
17426
17427 * Several new man pages have been added.
17428
17429 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
17430 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
17431 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
17432 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
17433
17434 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
17435 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
17436
17437 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
17438 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
17439 Matthias Clasen
17440
17441 CHANGES WITH 184:
17442
17443 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
17444 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
17445
17446 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
17447 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
17448 daemon.
17449
17450 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
17451 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
17452
17453 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
17454 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
17455 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
17456 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
17457
17458 CHANGES WITH 183:
17459
17460 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
17461 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
17462 and systemd's most recent version number.
17463
17464 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
17465 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
17466 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
17467 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
17468 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
17469 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
17470
17471 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
17472 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
17473 subsystems.
17474
17475 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
17476 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
17477 used to subscribe to events.
17478
17479 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
17480 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
17481 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
17482 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
17483 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
17484 forked by udev rules.
17485
17486 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
17487 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
17488 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
17489 it.
17490
17491 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
17492 udev_monitor_from_socket()
17493 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
17494 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
17495 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
17496
17497 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
17498 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
17499
17500 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
17501 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
17502 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
17503 the files to the new names on upgrade.
17504
17505 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
17506 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
17507 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
17508 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
17509 to be used as drop-in files.
17510
17511 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
17512 particular suspending and hibernating.
17513
17514 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
17515 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
17516 about this in more detail.
17517
17518 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
17519 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
17520 places). Distributions which have not converted these
17521 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
17522 from git history and add them downstream.
17523
17524 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
17525 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
17526 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
17527 units.
17528
17529 * All smaller setup units (such as
17530 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
17531 are run in a container and are skipped when
17532 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
17533 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
17534
17535 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
17536 integrated, for details see:
17537 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
17538
17539 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
17540 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
17541 messages.
17542
17543 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
17544 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
17545 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
17546 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
17547 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
17548
17549 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
17550 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
17551 for all units started by PID 1.
17552
17553 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
17554 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
17555 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
17556
17557 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
17558 of PID 1 anymore.
17559
17560 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
17561 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
17562 have not been read by systemd yet.
17563
17564 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
17565 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
17566 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
17567 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
17568 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
17569 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
17570
17571 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
17572 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
17573
17574 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
17575
17576 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
17577 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
17578 so sexy.
17579
17580 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
17581 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
17582 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
17583 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
17584 patterns.
17585
17586 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
17587 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
17588 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
17589 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
17590
17591 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
17592 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
17593
17594 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
17595 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
17596 in systemd now.
17597
17598 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
17599 ID on the command line.
17600
17601 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
17602 for an init system.
17603
17604 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
17605 vt100.
17606
17607 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
17608
17609 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
17610 components now have directories of their own.
17611
17612 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
17613
17614 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
17615 container in other hierarchies.
17616
17617 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
17618 system.conf.
17619
17620 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
17621
17622 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
17623 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
17624
17625 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
17626 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
17627
17628 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
17629 locally generated journal files.
17630
17631 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
17632
17633 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
17634
17635 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
17636 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
17637 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
17638 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
17639 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
17640 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
17641 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
17642 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
17643 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
17644 Gundersen
17645
17646 CHANGES WITH 44:
17647
17648 * This is mostly a bugfix release
17649
17650 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
17651 KVM or container configured UUID.
17652
17653 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
17654
17655 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
17656
17657 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
17658 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
17659
17660 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
17661
17662 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
17663 folks
17664
17665 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
17666 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
17667 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
17668
17669 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
17670 configuration
17671
17672 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
17673 free fashion
17674
17675 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
17676 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
17677 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
17678 automatically generated data.
17679
17680 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
17681 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
17682 however.
17683
17684 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
17685 tarball.
17686
17687 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
17688 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
17689 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
17690 Reding
17691
17692 CHANGES WITH 43:
17693
17694 * This is mostly a bugfix release
17695
17696 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
17697
17698 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
17699
17700 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
17701 normal user logins.
17702
17703 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
17704 Biebl
17705
17706 CHANGES WITH 42:
17707
17708 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
17709
17710 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
17711 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
17712 xsltproc.
17713
17714 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
17715 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
17716 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
17717
17718 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
17719 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
17720 reboot can automatically be triggered.
17721
17722 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
17723
17724 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
17725 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
17726 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
17727
17728 CHANGES WITH 41:
17729
17730 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
17731 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
17732 package update.
17733
17734 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
17735 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
17736 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
17737
17738 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
17739 complete.
17740
17741 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
17742 understood to set system wide environment variables
17743 dynamically at boot.
17744
17745 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
17746
17747 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
17748 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
17749 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
17750 files.
17751
17752 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
17753 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
17754 William Douglas
17755
17756 CHANGES WITH 40:
17757
17758 * This is mostly a bugfix release
17759
17760 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
17761 "Result" D-Bus property.
17762
17763 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
17764 the next few releases.)
17765
17766 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
17767 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
17768 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
17769 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
17770
17771 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
17772 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
17773 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
17774
17775 CHANGES WITH 39:
17776
17777 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
17778 bugfixes.
17779
17780 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
17781 resource usage.
17782
17783 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
17784 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
17785 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
17786 journals by the respective users.
17787
17788 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
17789 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
17790 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
17791
17792 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
17793 client for all entries.
17794
17795 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
17796
17797 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
17798 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
17799
17800 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
17801 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
17802 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
17803 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
17804
17805 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
17806 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
17807 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
17808
17809 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
17810 journal along with meta data.
17811
17812 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
17813 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
17814 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
17815
17816 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
17817 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
17818 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
17819
17820 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
17821
17822 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
17823 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
17824 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
17825 or fsck.
17826
17827 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
17828 requested with new -k switch.
17829
17830 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
17831 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
17832
17833 CHANGES WITH 38:
17834
17835 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
17836 bugfixes.
17837
17838 * The git repository moved to:
17839 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
17840 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
17841
17842 * First release with the journal
17843 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
17844
17845 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
17846 systemd-stdout-bridge.
17847
17848 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
17849
17850 * Many systemadm clean-ups
17851
17852 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
17853 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
17854 remote mounts.
17855
17856 * Added Mageia support
17857
17858 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
17859
17860 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
17861 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
17862 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
17863 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
17864 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
17865
17866 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
17867 of existing distributions.
17868
17869 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
17870 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
17871
17872 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
17873 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
17874 boot.
17875
17876 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
17877
17878 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
17879 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
17880 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
17881 among other things.
17882
17883 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
17884 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
17885
17886 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
17887
17888 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
17889 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
17890 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
17891
17892 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
17893 restored.
17894
17895 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
17896 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
17897 kmod
17898
17899 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
17900 of /usr/local by default.
17901
17902 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
17903 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
17904 in:
17905 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
17906
17907 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
17908 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
17909 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
17910 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
17911 supported anyway, and bad style).
17912
17913 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
17914 reloading of units together.
17915
17916 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
17917 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
17918 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
17919 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
17920 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek